AD9699BBPZRL-3000 [ADI]

14-Bit, 3 GSPS, JESD204B, Single Analog-to-Digital Converter;
AD9699BBPZRL-3000
型号: AD9699BBPZRL-3000
厂家: ADI    ADI
描述:

14-Bit, 3 GSPS, JESD204B, Single Analog-to-Digital Converter

文件: 总121页 (文件大小:8185K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
14-Bit, 3 GSPS, JESD204B, Single Analog-to-Digital Converter  
4 integrated digital downconverters  
48-bit NCO  
4 cascaded half-band filters  
Phase coherent NCO switching  
Up to 4 channels available  
FEATURES  
JESD204B (Subclass 1) coded serial digital outputs  
Support for lane rates up to 16 Gbps per lane  
2 W total power at 3 GSPS (default settings)  
Performance at −2 dBFS amplitude, 2.6 GHz input  
SFDR = 70 dBFS  
SNR = 57.2 dBFS  
Performance at −9 dBFS amplitude, 2.6 GHz input  
SFDR = 78 dBFS  
Serial port control  
Integer clock with divide by 2 and divide by 4 options  
Flexible JESD204B lane configurations  
On-chip dither  
SNR = 59.5 dBFS  
APPLICATIONS  
Integrated input buffer  
Noise density = −152 dBFS/Hz  
0.975 V, 1.9 V, and 2.5 V dc supply operation  
9 GHz analog input full power bandwidth (−3 dB)  
Amplitude detect bits for efficient AGC implementation  
Diversity multiband and multimode digital receivers  
3G/4G, TD-SCDMA, W-CDMA, GSM, LTE, LTE-A  
Electronic test and measurement systems  
Phased array radar and electronic warfare  
DOCSIS 3.0 CMTS upstream receive paths  
HFC digital reverse path receivers  
LIDAR  
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM  
Figure 1.  
Rev. 0  
Information furnished by Analog Devices is believed to be accurate and reliable "as is". However, no responsibility is assumed by Analog  
Devices for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties that may result from its use. Specifications subject to  
change without notice. No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of Analog Devices. Trademarks and  
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
DOCUMENT FEEDBACK  
TECHNICAL SUPPORT  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
Features................................................................ 1  
Applications........................................................... 1  
Functional Block Diagram......................................1  
General Description...............................................3  
Product Highlights.............................................. 3  
Specifications........................................................ 4  
DC Specifications...............................................4  
AC Specifications............................................... 5  
Digital Specifications.......................................... 7  
Switching Specifications.....................................8  
Timing Specifications......................................... 8  
Absolute Maximum Ratings.................................10  
Thermal Resistance......................................... 10  
ESD Caution.....................................................10  
Pin Configuration and Function Descriptions.......11  
Typical Performance Characteristics...................13  
Equivalent Circuits...............................................19  
Theory of Operation.............................................21  
ADC Architecture..............................................21  
Analog Input Considerations............................ 21  
Voltage Reference............................................24  
DC Offset Calibration....................................... 24  
Clock Input Considerations.............................. 25  
Power-Down/Standby Mode.............................27  
Temperature Diode...........................................27  
ADC Overrange and Fast Detect.........................29  
ADC Overrange................................................29  
Fast Threshold Detection (FD).........................29  
ADC Application Modes and JESD204B Tx  
Converter Mapping............................................30  
Programmable FIR Filters................................... 31  
Supported Modes.............................................31  
Programming Instructions................................ 32  
Digital Downconverter (DDC).............................. 33  
DDC I/Q Output Selection................................ 33  
DDC General Description.................................33  
DDC Frequency Translation.............................35  
DDC Decimation Filters....................................43  
DDC Gain Stage...............................................48  
DDC Complex to Real Conversion...................48  
DDC Mixed Decimation Settings......................50  
DDC Example Configurations.......................... 51  
DDC Power Consumption................................ 53  
Signal Monitor......................................................54  
SPORT over JESD204B.................................. 54  
Digital Outputs.....................................................56  
Introduction to the JESD204B Interface...........56  
JESD204B Overview........................................56  
Functional Overview.........................................57  
JESD204B Link Establishment.........................57  
Physical Layer (Driver) Outputs....................... 59  
fS × 4 Mode...................................................... 60  
Setting Up the AD9699 Digital Interface...........62  
Deterministic Latency.......................................... 68  
Subclass 0 Operation.......................................68  
Subclass 1 Operation.......................................68  
Multichip Synchronization....................................70  
Normal Mode....................................................70  
Timestamp Mode..............................................70  
SYSREF Input..................................................71  
SYSREF± Setup/Hold Window Monitor........... 73  
Latency................................................................76  
End to End Total Latency................................. 76  
Example Latency Calculations......................... 76  
LMFC Referenced Latency.............................. 76  
Test Modes.......................................................... 78  
ADC Test Modes.............................................. 78  
JESD204B Block Test Modes...........................79  
Serial Port Interface.............................................81  
Configuration Using the SPI.............................81  
Hardware Interface...........................................81  
SPI Accessible Features.................................. 81  
Memory Map........................................................82  
Reading the Memory Map Register Table........82  
Memory Map Register Details..........................82  
Applications Information.................................... 119  
Power Supply Recommendations.................. 119  
Layout Guidelines...........................................119  
AVDD1_SR (Pin E7) and AGND (Pin E6  
and Pin E8)...................................................120  
Outline Dimensions........................................... 121  
Ordering Guide...............................................121  
Evaluation Boards.......................................... 121  
REVISION HISTORY  
5/2021—Revision 0: Initial Version  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 2 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
GENERAL DESCRIPTION  
The AD9699 is a single, 14-bit, 3 GSPS analog-to-digital converter  
(ADC). The device has an on-chip buffer and a sample-and-hold  
circuit designed for low power, small size, and ease of use. This  
product is designed to support applications capable of direct sam-  
pling wide bandwidth analog signals of up to 5 GHz. The −3 dB  
bandwidth of the ADC input is 9 GHz. The AD9699 is optimized  
for wide input bandwidth, high sampling rate, excellent linearity, and  
low power in a small package.  
provides additional information about the signal being digitized by  
the ADC.  
The user can configure the Subclass 1 JESD204B-based high  
speed serialized output in a variety of one-lane, two-lane, four-lane,  
and eight-lane configurations, depending on the DDC configuration  
and the acceptable lane rate of the receiving logic device. Multi-  
device synchronization is supported through the SYSREF± and  
SYNCINB± input pins.  
The ADC core features a multistage, differential pipelined architec-  
ture with integrated output error correction logic. The ADC features  
wide bandwidth inputs supporting a variety of user-selectable input  
ranges. An integrated voltage reference eases design considera-  
tions. The analog input and clock signals are differential inputs.  
The ADC data outputs are internally connected to four digital down-  
converters (DDCs) through a crossbar multiplexer (mux). Each  
DDC consists of up to five cascaded signal processing stages: a  
48-bit frequency translator (numerically controlled oscillator (NCO)),  
and up to four half-band decimation filters. The NCO has the  
option to select preset bands over the general-purpose input/output  
(GPIO) pins, which enables the selection of up to three bands.  
Operation of the AD9699 between the DDC modes is selectable via  
serial peripheral interface (SPI)-programmable profiles.  
The AD9699 has flexible power-down options that allow significant  
power savings when desired. All of these features can be program-  
med using a 3-wire SPI.  
The AD9699 is available in a Pb-free, 12 mm × 12 mm, 196-ball  
BGA and is specified over the −40°C to +85°C ambient temperature  
range. This product is protected by a U.S. patent.  
Note that throughout this data sheet, multifunction pins, such as  
FD/GPIO_A0, are referred to either by the entire pin name or by a  
single function of the pin, for example, FD, when only that function  
is relevant.  
PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS  
1. Wide, input −3 dB bandwidth of 9 GHz supports direct RF  
In addition to the DDC blocks, the AD9699 has several functions  
that simplify the automatic gain control (AGC) function in a com-  
munications receiver. The programmable threshold detector allows  
monitoring of the incoming signal power using the fast detect  
control bits in Register 0x0245 of the ADC. If the input signal level  
exceeds the programmable threshold, the fast detect indicator goes  
high. Because this threshold indicator has low latency, the user can  
quickly turn down the system gain to avoid an overrange condition  
at the ADC input. In addition to the fast detect outputs, the AD9699  
also offers signal monitoring capability. The signal monitoring block  
sampling of signals up to about 5 GHz.  
2. Four integrated, wideband decimation filter and NCO blocks  
supporting multiband receivers.  
3. Fast NCO switching enabled through the GPIO pins.  
4. An SPI controls various product features and functions to meet  
specific system requirements.  
5. Programmable fast overrange detection and signal monitoring.  
6. On-chip temperature diode for system thermal management.  
7. 12 mm × 12 mm, 196-ball BGA.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 3 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
SPECIFICATIONS  
DC SPECIFICATIONS  
AVDD1 = 0.975 V, AVDD1_SR = 0.975 V, AVDD2 = 1.9 V, AVDD3 = 2.5 V, DVDD = 0.975 V, DRVDD1 = 0.975 V, DRVDD2 = 1.9 V, SPIVDD =  
1.9 V, specified maximum sampling rate, 1.54 V p-p full-scale differential input, input amplitude (AIN) = −2.0 dBFS, L = 4, M = 1,  
F = 1, and −20°C ≤ junction temperature (TJ) ≤ +100°C, unless otherwise noted. The TJ range of −20°C to +100°C translates to a TA range of  
−40°C to +85°C. Typical specifications represent performance at TJ = 40°C (TA = 25°C).  
Table 1.  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
RESOLUTION  
14  
Bits  
ACCURACY  
No Missing Codes  
Guaranteed  
Offset Error  
0
% FSR  
% FSR  
LSB  
Gain Error  
−6.07  
−0.59  
−25.4  
±1  
±0.4  
±6  
+6.07  
+0.68  
+18.1  
Differential Nonlinearity (DNL)  
Integral Nonlinearity (INL)  
TEMPERATURE DRIFT  
Offset Error  
LSB  
±15  
440  
0.5  
5.6  
ppm/°C  
ppm/°C  
V
Gain Error  
INTERNAL VOLTAGE REFERENCE  
INPUT-REFERRED NOISE  
ANALOG INPUTS  
LSB rms  
Differential Input Voltage Range  
1.54  
1.35  
200  
0.25  
−7  
V p-p  
V
Common-Mode Voltage (VCM  
Differential Input Resistance  
)
1.33  
1.54  
Ω
Differential Input Capacitance  
Differential Input Return Loss at 2.1 GHz1  
pF  
dB  
−3 dB Bandwidth  
POWER SUPPLY  
AVDD1  
9
GHz  
0.95  
1.85  
2.44  
0.95  
0.95  
0.95  
1.85  
1.85  
0.975  
1.9  
1.0  
V
AVDD2  
1.95  
2.56  
1.0  
V
AVDD3  
2.5  
V
AVDD1_SR  
DVDD  
0.975  
0.975  
0.975  
1.9  
V
1.0  
V
DRVDD1  
DRVDD2  
SPIVDD  
IAVDD1  
1.0  
V
1.95  
1.95  
408.5  
483.9  
62.57  
34  
V
1.9  
V
335  
420  
56  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
IAVDD2  
IAVDD3  
IAVDD1_SR  
IDVDD  
22  
285  
420  
30  
518.4  
491.6  
33.5  
0.996  
2
IDRVDD1  
IDRVDD2  
ISPIVDD  
0.20  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 4 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
SPECIFICATIONS  
Table 1.  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
POWER CONSUMPTION  
Total Power Dissipation (Including Output Drivers)3  
Power-Down Dissipation  
2.0  
250  
1.0  
2.472  
594  
W
mW  
mW  
Standby4  
1.41  
1
For more information, see the Analog Input Considerations section.  
2
All lanes running. Power dissipation on DRVDD1 changes with the lane rate and number of lanes used.  
3
Default mode. No DDCs used.  
4
Can be controlled by the SPI.  
AC SPECIFICATIONS  
AVDD1 = 0.975 V, AVDD1_SR = 0.975 V, AVDD2 = 1.9 V, AVDD3 = 2.5 V, DVDD = 0.975 V, DRVDD1 = 0.975 V, DRVDD2 = 1.9 V, SPIVDD =  
1.9 V, specified maximum sampling rate, 1.54 V p-p full-scale differential input, default SPI settings, and −20°C ≤ TJ ≤ +100°C, unless otherwise  
noted. The TJ range of −20°C to +100°C translates to a TA range of −40°C to +85°C. Typical specifications represent performance at TJ = 40°C  
(TA = 25°C).  
Table 2.  
AIN = −2 dBFS  
Typ  
AIN = −9 dBFS  
Parameter1  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
NOISE DENSITY2  
1.54 V p-p Setting  
1.85 V p-p Setting  
NOISE FIGURE  
−152  
−154  
24.5  
−152  
−154  
24.5  
dBFS/Hz  
dBFS/Hz  
dB  
SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO (SNR)  
fIN = 255 MHz  
60.2  
61.4  
59.8  
59.5  
58.7  
58.2  
57.2  
55.1  
60.2  
61.8  
60.2  
60.2  
60.0  
59.8  
59.5  
58.6  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
fIN = 255 MHz (1.85 V p-p Setting)  
fIN = 765 MHz  
fIN = 900 MHz  
fIN = 1800 MHz  
fIN = 2100 MHz  
fIN = 2600 MHz  
50.2  
fIN = 3950 MHz  
SIGNAL-TO-NOISE-AND-DISTORTION RATIO (SINAD)  
fIN = 255 MHz  
59.7  
60.0  
58.8  
58.6  
57.4  
56.7  
56.1  
52.8  
60.0  
61.5  
60.0  
59.9  
59.7  
59.4  
59.2  
58.2  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
fIN = 255 MHz (1.85 V p-p Setting)  
fIN = 765 MHz  
fIN = 900 MHz  
fIN = 1800 MHz  
fIN = 2100 MHz  
fIN = 2600 MHz  
44.1  
fIN = 3950 MHz  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 5 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
SPECIFICATIONS  
Table 2.  
AIN = −2 dBFS  
Typ  
AIN = −9 dBFS  
Parameter1  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
EFFECTIVE NUMBER OF BITS (ENOB)  
fIN = 255 MHz  
9.6  
9.5  
9.4  
9.2  
9.1  
9.0  
8.5  
9.7  
9.7  
9.7  
9.6  
9.6  
9.5  
9.4  
Bits  
dBFS  
Bits  
Bits  
Bits  
Bits  
Bits  
fIN = 765 MHz  
fIN = 900 MHz  
fIN = 1800 MHz  
fIN = 2100 MHz  
fIN = 2600 MHz  
8.1  
fIN = 3950 MHz  
SPURIOUS-FREE DYNAMIC RANGE (SFDR), SECOND OR THIRD HARMONIC  
fIN = 255 MHz  
71  
65  
71  
71  
69  
67  
70  
58  
78  
83  
79  
78  
81  
73  
78  
73  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
fIN = 255 MHz (1.85 V p-p Setting)  
fIN = 765 MHz  
fIN = 900 MHz  
fIN = 1800 MHz  
fIN = 2100 MHz  
fIN = 2600 MHz  
47.2  
fIN = 3950 MHz  
WORST OTHER, EXCLUDING SECOND OR THIRD HARMONIC  
fIN = 255 MHz  
−89  
−90  
−90  
−89  
−81  
−80  
−84  
−80  
−90  
−90  
−89  
−90  
−94  
−98  
−90  
−90  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
fIN = 255 MHz (1.85 V p-p Setting)  
fIN = 765 MHz  
fIN = 900 MHz  
fIN = 1800 MHz  
fIN = 2100 MHz  
fIN = 2600 MHz  
−73.8  
fIN = 3950 MHz  
TWO-TONE, THIRD-ORDER INTERMODULATION DISTORTION (IMD3)  
fIN1 = 1.842 GHz, fIN2 = 1.847 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −8.0 dBFS  
fIN1 = 1.842 GHz, fIN2 = 1.847 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −15.0 dBFS  
fIN1 = 2.62 GHz, fIN2 = 2.69 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −8.0 dBFS  
fIN1 = 2.62 GHz, fIN2 = 2.69 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −15.0 dBFS  
−73  
−69  
−75  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
dBFS  
−87  
−88  
fIN1 = 2.62 GHz, fIN2 = 2.69 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −8.0 dBFS, Full-Scale Voltage (VFS) = 1.02 V  
p-p  
fIN1 = 2.62 GHz, fIN2 = 2.69 GHz, AIN1 and AIN2 = −15.0 dBFS, VFS = 1.02 V p-p  
ANALOG INPUT BANDWIDTH, FULL POWER3  
−111  
5
dBFS  
GHz  
5
1
See the AN-835 Application Note, Understanding High Speed ADC Testing and Evaluation, for definitions and for details on how these tests were completed.  
Noise density is measured at a low analog input frequency (30 MHz).  
2
3
Full power bandwidth is the bandwidth of operation in which proper ADC performance can be achieved.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 6 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
SPECIFICATIONS  
DIGITAL SPECIFICATIONS  
AVDD1 = 0.975 V, AVDD1_SR = 0.975 V, AVDD2 = 1.9 V, AVDD3 = 2.5 V, DVDD = 0.975 V, DRVDD1 = 0.975 V, DRVDD2 = 1.9 V, SPIVDD  
= 1.9 V, specified maximum sampling rate, 1.54 V p-p full-scale differential input, AIN = −2.0 dBFS, L = 4, M = 1, F = 1, and −20°C ≤ TJ ≤  
+100°C, unless otherwise noted. The TJ range of −20°C to +100°C translates to a TA range of −40°C to+85°C. Typical specifications represent  
performance at TJ = 40°C (TA = 25°C).  
Table 3.  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
CLOCK INPUTS (CLK+, CLK−)  
Logic Compliance  
Low voltage differential signaling (LVDS)/low voltage positive emitter-  
coupled logic (LVPECL)  
Differential Input Voltage  
Input Common-Mode Voltage  
Input Resistance (Differential)  
Input Capacitance  
300  
800  
1800  
mV p-p  
0.675  
106  
V
0.9  
pF  
dB  
Differential Input Return Loss at 3 GHz1  
SYSTEM REFERENCE (SYSREF) INPUTS (SYSREF+, SYSREF−)  
Logic Compliance  
−9.4  
LVDS/LVPECL  
Differential Input Voltage  
400  
800  
0.675  
18  
1800  
2.0  
mV p-p  
V
Input Common-Mode Voltage  
Input Resistance (Differential)  
Input Capacitance (Differential)  
kΩ  
1
pF  
LOGIC INPUTS (SDIO, SCLK, CSB, PDWN/STBY, FD/GPIO_A0, GPIO_B0,  
GPIO_A1, GPIO_B1)  
Logic Compliance  
Logic 1 Voltage  
CMOS  
CMOS  
0.65 × SPIVDD  
0
V
Logic 0 Voltage  
0.35 × SPIVDD  
V
Input Resistance  
30  
kΩ  
LOGIC OUTPUTS (SDIO, FD)  
Logic Compliance  
Logic 1 Voltage (Output High Current (IOH) = 4 mA)  
Logic 0 Voltage (Output Low Current (IOL) = 4 mA)  
SYNCIN INPUT (SYNCINB+/SYNCINB−)  
Logic Compliance  
SPIVDD − 0.45V  
0
V
V
0.45  
LVDS/LVPECL  
800  
Differential Input Voltage  
Input Common-Mode Voltage  
Input Resistance (Differential)  
Input Capacitance  
400  
1800  
2.0  
mV p-p  
V
0.675  
18  
kΩ  
1
pF  
SYNCINB+ INPUT  
Logic Compliance  
CMOS  
2.6  
Logic 1 Voltage  
0.9 × DRVDD1  
2 × DRVDD1  
V
Logic 0 Voltage  
0.1 × DRVDD1  
V
Input Resistance  
kΩ  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS (SERDOUTx±, x = 0 TO 7)  
Logic Compliance  
Source series terminated (SST)  
Differential Output Voltage  
Differential Termination Impedance  
360  
80  
560  
100  
770  
120  
mV p-p  
1
Reference impedance = 100 Ω.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 7 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
SPECIFICATIONS  
SWITCHING SPECIFICATIONS  
AVDD1 = 0.975 V, AVDD1_SR = 0.975 V, AVDD2 = 1.9 V, AVDD3 = 2.5 V, DVDD = 0.975 V, DRVDD1 = 0.975 V, DRVDD2 = 1.9 V, SPIVDD  
= 1.9 V, specified maximum sampling rate, 1.54 V p-p full-scale differential input, AIN = −2.0 dBFS, default SPI settings, and −20°C ≤ TJ ≤  
+100°C, unless otherwise noted. The TJ range of −20°C to +100°C translates to a TA range of −40°C to +85°C. Typical specifications represent  
performance at TJ = 40°C (TA = 25°C).  
Table 4.  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
CLOCK  
Clock Rate (at CLK+ and CLK− Pins)  
Sample Rate1  
3
6
GHz  
MSPS  
ps  
2500  
3000  
166.67  
166.67  
3100  
192.31  
192.31  
Clock Pulse Width High  
Clock Pulse Width Low  
OUTPUT PARAMETERS  
Unit Interval (UI)2  
161.29  
161.29  
ps  
62.5  
66.67  
26  
592.6  
ps  
Rise Time (tR) (20% to 80% into 100 Ω Load)  
Fall Time (tF) (20% to 80% into 100 Ω Load)  
Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) Lock Time  
Data Rate per Channel (Nonreturn to Zero)3  
LATENCY4  
ps  
26  
ps  
5
ms  
Gbps  
1.6875  
15  
16  
Pipeline Latency5  
75  
26  
Clock cycles  
Clock cycles  
Fast Detect Latency  
WAKE-UP TIME  
Standby  
400  
15  
µs  
Power-Down  
ms  
NCO CHANNEL SELECTION TO OUTPUT  
APERTURE  
8
Clock cycles  
Aperture Delay (tA)  
250  
55  
1
ps  
Aperture Uncertainty (Jitter, tJ)  
Out of Range Recovery Time  
fs rms  
Clock cycles  
1
The maximum sample rate is the clock rate after the divider.  
2
Baud rate = 1/UI. A subset of this range can be supported.  
3
Default L = 8. This number can be changed based on the sample rate and decimation ratio.  
4
No DDCs used. L = 8, M = 2, and F = 1.  
5
Refer to the End to End Total Latency section for more details.  
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS  
Table 5.  
Parameter  
Description  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
CLK+ to SYSREF+ TIMING REQUIREMENTS  
tSU_SR  
Device clock to SYSREF+ setup time  
Device clock to SYSREF+ hold time  
−65  
95  
ps  
ps  
tH_SR  
SPI TIMING REQUIREMENTS  
tDS  
tDH  
tCLK  
tS  
Setup time between the data and the rising edge of SCLK  
Hold time between the data and the rising edge of SCLK  
Period of the SCLK  
2
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
2
40  
2
Setup time between CSB and SCLK  
tH  
Hold time between CSB and SCLK  
2
tHIGH  
Minimum period that SCLK must be in a logic high state  
10  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 8 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
SPECIFICATIONS  
Table 5.  
Parameter  
Description  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
tLOW  
Minimum period that SCLK must be in a logic low state  
10  
ns  
ns  
tACCESS  
Maximum time delay between the falling edge of SCLK and output data valid for  
a read operation  
6
10  
tDIS_SDIO  
Time required for the SDIO pin to switch from an output to an input, relative to  
the SCLK rising edge (not shown in Figure 4)  
10  
ns  
Timing Diagrams  
Figure 2. Data Output Timing Diagram  
Figure 3. SYSREF± Setup and Hold Timing Diagram  
Figure 4. SPI Timing Diagram  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 9 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS  
Table 6.  
THERMAL RESISTANCE  
Parameter  
Rating  
Thermal performance is directly linked to printed circuit board  
(PCB) design and operating environment. Close attention to PCB  
thermal design is required. θJA is the natural convection junction-to-  
ambient thermal resistance measured in a one cubic foot sealed  
enclosure. θJC_TOP is the junction-to-case thermal resistance. ΨJB is  
the junction-to-board thermal resistance. ΨJT measures the temper-  
ature change between the junction and the top of the package (or  
junction vs. top of package thermal resistance).  
Electrical  
AVDD1 to AGND  
1.05 V  
AVDD1_SR to AGND  
AVDD2 to AGND  
1.05 V  
2.0 V  
AVDD3 to AGND  
2.70 V  
DVDD to DGND  
1.05 V  
DRVDD1 to DRGND  
DRVDD2 to DRGND  
SPIVDD to DGND  
AGND to DRGND  
AGND to DGND  
1.05 V  
2.0 V  
Table 7. Thermal Resistance  
2.0 V  
Package Type  
θJA  
θJC_TOP  
ΨJB  
ΨJT  
Unit  
−0.3 V to +0.3 V  
−0.3 V to +0.3 V  
−0.3 V to +0.3 V  
AGND − 0.3 V to AVDD3 + 0.3 V  
AGND − 0.3 V to AVDD1 + 0.3 V  
DGND − 0.3 V to SPIVDD + 0.3 V  
DGND − 0.3 V to SPIVDD + 0.3 V  
2.5 V  
BP-196-41  
16.26  
1.4  
5.44  
1.68  
°C/W  
1
DGND to DRGND  
VIN±x to AGND  
Test Condition 1: Thermal impedance simulated values are based on JEDEC  
2S2P thermal test board with 190 thermal vias. See JEDEC JESD51.  
CLK± to AGND  
SCLK, SDIO, CSB to DGND  
PDWN/STBY to DGND  
SYSREF± to AGND  
SYNCINB± to DRGND  
ESD CAUTION  
ESD (electrostatic discharge) sensitive device. Charged devi-  
ces and circuit boards can discharge without detection. Although  
this product features patented or proprietary protection circuitry,  
damage may occur on devices subjected to high energy ESD.  
Therefore, proper ESD precautions should be taken to avoid  
performance degradation or loss of functionality.  
2.5 V  
TJ Range  
Storage Temperature Range, TA  
−20°C to +100°C  
−40°C to +85°C  
Stresses at or above those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings  
may cause permanent damage to the product. This is a stress  
rating only; functional operation of the product at these or any other  
conditions above those indicated in the operational section of this  
specification is not implied. Operation beyond the maximum operat-  
ing conditions for extended periods may affect product reliability.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 10 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
PIN CONFIGURATION AND FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS  
Figure 5. Pin Configuration (Top View)  
Table 8. Pin Function Descriptions1  
Pin No.  
Mnemonic  
Type  
Description  
Power Supplies  
A3, A12, B3, B12, C3, C12  
A4, A5, A10, A11, B4, B11  
AVDD1  
AVDD12  
AVDD2  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Analog Power Supply (0.975 V Nominal).  
Analog Power Supply for the Clock Domain (0.975 V Nominal).  
Analog Power Supply (1.9 V Nominal).  
A1, A2, A13, A14, B1, B2, B13, B14, C1,  
C2, C13, C14  
D1, D14, G1, G14  
AVDD3  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Power  
Ground  
Analog Power Supply (2.5 V Nominal).  
E7  
AVDD1_SR  
SPIVDD  
DVDD  
Analog Power Supply for SYSREF± (0.975 V Nominal).  
Digital Power Supply for SPI (1.9 V Nominal).  
Digital Power Supply (0.975 V Nominal).  
L3, L10  
M14, N1, N2, N14, P1, P2, P14  
M5 to M8, M11  
M13  
DRVDD1  
DRVDD2  
Digital Driver Power Supply (0.975 V Nominal).  
Digital Driver Power Supply (1.9 V Nominal).  
Analog Ground. These pins connect to the analog ground plane.  
B5, B10, C4, C5, C10, C11, D2 to D6, D9 to AGND  
D13, E2 to E5, E9 to E13, F2 to F6, F9 to  
F13, G2 to G13, H1 to H9, H11 to H14, J1  
to J14  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 11 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
PIN CONFIGURATION AND FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS  
Table 8. Pin Function Descriptions1  
Pin No.  
A6, A9, B6 to B9, C6 to C9, D7, D8  
Mnemonic  
Type  
Description  
AGND3  
AGND4  
AGND5  
DGND  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground Reference for the Clock Domain.  
Ground Reference for SYSREF±.  
Isolation Ground.  
E6, E8  
K1 to K14  
L1, L12 to L14, M1, M2  
Digital Control Ground Supply. These pins connect to the digital  
ground plane.  
M3, M4, M9, M10, M12, N3, N12, P3, P12  
DRGND  
Ground  
Digital Driver Ground Supply. These pins connect to the digital  
driver ground plane.  
Analog  
E14, F14  
VIN−, VIN+  
CLK+, CLK−  
VREF  
Input  
ADC Analog Input Complement/True.  
Clock Input True/Complement.  
A7, A8  
H10  
Input  
Input/DNC  
0.50 V Reference Voltage Input/Do Not Connect. This pin is  
configurable through the SPI as a no connect or an input. Do not  
connect this pin if using the internal reference. This pin requires  
a 0.50 V reference voltage input if using an external voltage  
reference source.  
DNC  
E1, F1  
DNC  
DNC  
Do not connect.  
CMOS Inputs/Outputs  
L2  
L4  
GPIO_B1  
GPIO_B0  
FD/GPIO_A0  
GPIO_A1  
Input/output  
Input/output  
Input/output  
Input/output  
GPIO B1.  
GPIO B0.  
L9  
Fast Detect Outputs/GPIO A0.  
GPIO A1.  
L11  
Digital Inputs  
F7, F8  
SYSREF+, SYSREF−  
Input  
Active High JESD204B LVDS System Reference Input True/  
Complement.  
N13  
P13  
SYNCINB+  
SYNCINB−  
Input  
Input  
Active Low JESD204B LVDS/CMOS Sync Input True.  
Active Low JESD204B LVDS Sync Input Complement.  
Data Outputs  
N4, P4  
SERDOUT7+, SERDOUT7−  
SERDOUT6+, SERDOUT6−  
SERDOUT5+, SERDOUT5−  
SERDOUT4+, SERDOUT4−  
SERDOUT3+, SERDOUT3−  
SERDOUT2+, SERDOUT2−  
SERDOUT1+, SERDOUT1−  
SERDOUT0+, SERDOUT0−  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Lane 7 Output Data True/Complement.  
Lane 6 Output Data True/Complement.  
Lane 5 Output Data True/Complement.  
Lane 4 Output Data True/Complement.  
Lane 3 Output Data True/Complement.  
Lane 2 Output Data True/Complement.  
Lane 1 Output Data True/Complement.  
Lane 0 Output Data True/Complement.  
N5, P5  
N6, P6  
N7, P7  
N8, P8  
N9, P9  
N10, P10  
N11, P11  
Digital Controls  
L8  
PDWN/STBY  
Input  
Power-Down Input (Active High). The operation of this pin depends  
on the SPI mode and can be configured as power-down or  
standby.  
L5  
L6  
L7  
CSB  
Input  
SPI Chip Select (Active Low).  
SPI Serial Clock.  
SCLK  
SDIO  
Input  
Input/output  
SPI Serial Data Input/Output.  
1
See the Theory of Operation section and the Power Supply Recommendations section for more information on isolating the planes for optimal performance.  
2
3
4
5
Denotes clock domain.  
Denotes clock domain.  
Denotes SYSREF± domain.  
Denotes isolation domain.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 12 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS  
AVDD1 = 0.975 V, AVDD1_SR = 0.975 V, AVDD2 = 1.9 V, AVDD3 = 2.5 V, DVDD = 0.975 V, DRVDD1 = 0.975 V, DRVDD2 = 1.9 V, SPIVDD =  
1.9 V, sampling rate = 3000 MHz, 1.54 V p-p full-scale differential input, default buffer current settings, TA = 25°C, and 128,000 fast Fourier  
transform (FFT) sample, unless otherwise noted. See Table 10 for the recommended settings.  
Figure 6. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 255 MHz (NSD is Noise Spectral Density)  
Figure 9. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 1807 MHz  
Figure 10. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 1807 MHz, AIN = −9 dBFS  
Figure 11. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 2100 MHz  
Figure 7. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 765 MHz  
Figure 8. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 905 MHz  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 13 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS  
Figure 12. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 2100 MHz, AIN = −9 dBFS  
Figure 15. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 3957 MHz  
Figure 13. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 2600 MHz  
Figure 16. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 3957 MHz, AIN = −9 dBFS  
Figure 14. Single-Tone FFT at fIN = 2600 MHz, AIN = −9 dBFS  
Figure 17. SNR vs. Input Frequency (fIN), AIN = −2 dBFS and −9 dBFS  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 14 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS  
Figure 21. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 1821.5 MHz, fIN2 = 1831.5 MHz,  
Figure 18. SFDR vs. Input Frequency (fIN), AIN = −2 dBFS and −9 dBFS  
AIN1 and AIN2 = −8 dBFS (IMD2 is Second-Order Intermodulation Distortion  
and IMD3 is Third-Order Intermodulation Distortion)  
Figure 22. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 1821.5 MHz, fIN2 = 1831.5 MHz,  
AIN1 and AIN2 = −15 dBFS  
Figure 19. Second-Order Harmonic Distortion (HD2) vs. Input Frequency (fIN),  
AIN = −2 dBFS and −9 dBFS  
Figure 23. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 2621.5 MHz, fIN2 = 2631.5 MHz,  
AIN1 and AIN2 = −8 dBFS  
Figure 20. Third-Order Harmonic Distortion (HD3)vs. Input Frequency (fIN),  
AIN = −2 dBFS and −9 dBFS  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 15 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS  
Figure 24. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 2621.5 MHz, fIN2 = 2631.5 MHz,  
AIN1 and AIN2 = −15 dBFS  
Figure 27. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 1800 MHz, fIN2 = 2100 MHz,  
fCLK = 2.94912 GHz, Decimation Ratio = 8, NCO Frequency = 1874.28 MHz  
Figure 25. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 2621.5 MHz, fIN2 = 2631.5 MHz,  
Full-Scale Voltage = 1.1 V p-p, AIN1 and AIN2 = −8 dBFS  
Figure 28. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 1800 MHz, fIN2 = 2100 MHz,  
fCLK = 2.94912 GHz, Decimation Ratio = 8, NCO Frequency = 2176.92 MHz  
Figure 26. Two-Tone FFT, fIN1 = 2621.5 MHz, fIN2 = 2631.5 MHz,  
Full-Scale Voltage = 1.1 V p-p, AIN1 and AIN2 = −15 dBFS  
Figure 29. Two-Tone SFDR/IMD3 vs. Input Amplitude (AIN) with  
fIN1 = 1821.5 MHz, fIN2 = 1831.5 MHz  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 16 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS  
Figure 30. Two-Tone SFDR/IMD3 vs. Input Amplitude (AIN) with  
fIN1 = 2621.5 MHz, fIN2 = 2631.5 MHz  
Figure 33. SNR/SFDR vs. TJ, fIN = 950 MHz, AIN = −9 dBFS  
Figure 31. SNR/SFDR vs. Input Amplitude (AIN), fIN = 950 MHz  
Figure 34. Power vs. TJ, fIN = 950 MHz  
Figure 32. SNR/SFDR vs. Input Amplitude (AIN), fIN = 1800 MHz  
Figure 35. SNR vs. Analog Input Frequency (fIN) vs. Various Clock Amplitude  
in Differential Voltages, AIN = −2dBFS  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 17 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS  
Figure 36. SNR vs. Sample Frequency (fS), fIN = 1.8 GHz, AIN = −2 dBFS and  
−9 dBFS  
Figure 39. Input Bandwidth (See Figure 55 for the Input Configuration)  
Figure 40. Input Referred Noise Histogram  
Figure 37. SFDR vs. Sample Frequency (fS), fIN = 1.8 GHz, AIN = −2 dBFS and  
−9 dBFS  
Figure 38. Power Dissipation vs. Sample Frequency (fS), fIN = 1.8 GHz,  
AIN = −2 dBFS  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 18 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
EQUIVALENT CIRCUITS  
Figure 43. SYSREF± Inputs  
Figure 41. Analog Inputs  
Figure 44. Digital Outputs  
Figure 42. Clock Inputs  
Figure 45. SYNCINB± Inputs  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 19 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
EQUIVALENT CIRCUITS  
Figure 49. PDWN/STBY Input  
Figure 46. SCLK Input  
Figure 50. VREF Input/Output  
Figure 47. CSB Input  
Figure 51. FD/GPIO_A0, GPIO_B0  
Figure 52. GPIO_A1/GPIO_B1  
Figure 48. SDIO Input  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 20 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
The AD9699 has a single analog input channel and up to eight  
JESD204B output lane pairs. The ADC samples wide bandwidth  
analog signals of up to 5 GHz. The actual −3 dB roll-off of the  
analog inputs is 9 GHz. The AD9699 is optimized for wide input  
bandwidth, high sampling rate, excellent linearity, and low power in  
a small package.  
a low-pass filter that limits unwanted broadband noise. For more  
information, refer to the Analog Dialogue article “Transformer-Cou-  
pled Front-End for Wideband A/D Converters” (Volume 39, April  
2005). In general, the precise front-end network component values  
depend on the application.  
Figure 53 shows the differential input return loss curve for the  
analog inputs across a frequency range of 100 MHz to 10 GHz. The  
reference impedance is 100 Ω.  
The ADC core features a multistage, differential pipelined architec-  
ture with integrated output error correction logic. The ADC features  
wide bandwidth inputs supporting a variety of user-selectable input  
ranges. An integrated voltage reference eases design considera-  
tions.  
The AD9699 has several functions that simplify the AGC function in  
a communications receiver. The programmable threshold detector  
allows monitoring of the incoming signal power using the fast  
detect output bits of the ADC. If the input signal level exceeds  
the programmable threshold, the fast detect indicator goes high.  
Because this threshold indicator has low latency, the user can  
quickly turn down the system gain to avoid an overrange condition  
at the ADC input.  
The Subclass 1 JESD204B-based high speed serialized output  
data lanes can be configured in one-lane (L = 1), two-lane (L = 2),  
four-lane (L = 4), and eight-lane (L = 8) configurations, depending  
on the sample rate and the decimation ratio. Multiple device syn-  
chronization is supported through the SYSREF± and SYNCINB±  
input pins. The SYSREF± pin in the AD9699 can also be used as  
a timestamp of data as it passes through the ADC and out of the  
JESD204B interface.  
ADC ARCHITECTURE  
The architecture of the AD9699 consists of an input buffered pipe-  
lined ADC. The input buffer provides a termination impedance to  
the analog input signal. This termination impedance is set to 200  
Ω. The equivalent circuit diagram of the analog input termination is  
shown in Figure 41. The input buffer is optimized for high linearity,  
low noise, and low power across a wide bandwidth.  
Figure 53. Differential Input Return Loss  
The input buffer provides a linear high input impedance (for ease of  
drive) and reduces kickback from the ADC. The quantized outputs  
from each stage are combined into a final 14-bit result in the digital  
correction logic. The pipelined architecture permits the first stage to  
operate with a new input sample. At the same time, the remaining  
stages operate with the preceding samples. Sampling occurs on the  
rising edge of the clock.  
For best dynamic performance, the source impedances driving  
VIN+ and VIN− must be matched such that common-mode settling  
errors are symmetrical. These errors are reduced by the common-  
mode rejection of the ADC. An internal reference buffer creates a  
differential reference that defines the span of the ADC core.  
Maximum SNR performance is achieved by setting the ADC to  
the largest span in a differential configuration. For the AD9699,  
the available span is programmable through the SPI port from  
1.02 V p-p to 1.85 V p-p differential, with 1.54 V p-p differential  
being the default.  
ANALOG INPUT CONSIDERATIONS  
The analog input to the AD9699 is a differential buffer. The internal  
common-mode voltage of the buffer is 1.35 V. The clock signal  
alternately switches the input circuit between sample mode and  
hold mode.  
Either a differential capacitor or two single-ended capacitors (or  
a combination of both) can be placed on the inputs to provide  
a matching passive network. These capacitors ultimately create  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 21 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
Differential Input Configurations  
There are several ways to drive the AD9699, either actively or  
passively. Optimum performance is achieved by driving the analog  
input differentially.  
For applications where SNR and SFDR are key parameters, differ-  
ential transformer coupling is the recommended input configuration  
(see Figure 54 and Table 9) because the noise performance of  
most amplifiers is not adequate to achieve the true performance of  
the AD9699.  
Figure 54. Differential Transformer Coupled Configuration for the AD9699  
For low to midrange frequencies, a double balun or double trans-  
former network (see Figure 54 and Table 9) is recommended for  
optimum performance of the AD9699. For higher frequencies in the  
second or third Nyquist zones, it is recommended to remove some  
of the front-end passive components to ensure wideband operation  
(see Figure 55 and Table 9).  
Figure 55. Input Network Configuration for Frequencies > 5 GHz  
Table 9. Differential Transformer-Coupled Input Configuration Component Values  
Frequency Range  
Transformer  
R1  
R2  
R3  
C1  
C2  
C3  
C4  
<5000 MHz  
BAL-0006  
25 Ω  
25 Ω  
10 Ω  
0.1 μF  
0.1 μF  
0.4 pF  
0.4 pF  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 22 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
Input Common Mode  
The analog input of the AD9699 is internally biased to the common-  
mode voltage, as shown in Figure 57. The common-mode buffer  
has a limited range in that the performance suffers greatly if the  
common-mode voltage drops by more than 50 mV on either side of  
the nominal value.  
For dc-coupled applications, the recommended operation proce-  
dure is to export the common-mode voltage to the VREF pin using  
the SPI writes listed in this section. The common-mode voltage  
must be set by the exported value to ensure proper ADC operation.  
Disconnect the internal common-mode buffer from the analog input  
using Register 0x1908.  
When performing SPI writes for dc coupling operation, use the  
following register settings in order:  
Figure 57. Analog Input Controls  
1. Set Register 0x1908, Bit 2 to disconnect the internal common-  
mode buffer from the analog input. Note that this is a local  
register.  
2. Set Register 0x18A6 to 0x00 to turn off the voltage reference.  
3. Set Register 0x18E6 to 0x00 to turn off the temperature diode  
Using Register 0x1A4C and Register 0x1A4D, the buffer behavior  
of the converter can be adjusted to optimize the SFDR over various  
input frequencies and bandwidths of interest. Use Register 0x1910  
to change the internal reference voltage. Changing the internal  
reference voltage results in a change in the input full-scale voltage.  
export.  
When the input buffer current in Register 0x1A4C and Regis-  
ter 0x1A4D is set, the amount of current required by the AVDD3  
supply changes. This relationship is shown in Figure 58. For a  
complete list of buffer current settings, see Table 44.  
4. Set Register 0x18E0 to 0x02.  
5. Set Register 0x18E1 to 0x9A.  
6. Set Register 0x18E2 to 0x1E.  
7. Set Register 0x18E3, Bit 6 to 1 to turn on the VCM export.  
8. Set Register 0x18E3, Bits[5:0] to the buffer current setting (Reg-  
ister 0x1A4C and Register 0x1A4D) to improve the accuracy of  
the common-mode export.  
Figure 56 shows the block diagram representation of a dc-coupled  
application.  
Figure 56. DC-Coupled Application Using the AD9699  
Analog Input Buffer Controls and SFDR  
Optimization  
Figure 58. AVDD3 Current (IAVDD3) vs. Buffer Current Setting (Buffer Control 1  
Setting in Register 0x1A4C and Buffer Control 2 Setting in Register 0x1A4D)  
The AD9699 input buffer offers flexible controls for the analog  
inputs, such as buffer current, dc coupling, and input full-scale  
adjustment. All the available controls are shown in Figure 57.  
Table 10 shows the recommended values for the buffer current for  
various Nyquist zones.  
Table 10. SFDR Optimization for Input Frequencies  
Frequency  
Register 0x1A4C and Register 0x1A4D  
DC to 1500 MHz  
1500 MHz to 3000 MHz  
>3000 MHz  
400 µA/500 µA  
500 µA  
500 µA/700 µA  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 23 of 121  
Data Sheet  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
Dither  
AD9699  
The SPI Register 0x18A6 enables the user to either use this inter-  
nal 0.5 V reference or to provide an external 0.5 V reference. When  
using an external voltage reference, provide a 0.5 V reference.  
The full-scale adjustment is made using the SPI, irrespective of the  
reference voltage. For more information on adjusting the full-scale  
level of the AD9699, refer to the Memory Map Register Details  
section.  
The AD9699 has internal on-chip dither circuitry that improves the  
ADC linearity and SFDR, particularly at smaller signal levels. A  
known but random amount of white noise is injected into the input  
of the AD9699. This dither improves the small signal linearity within  
the ADC transfer function and is precisely subtracted out digitally.  
The dither is turned on by default and does not reduce the ADC  
input dynamic range. The data sheet specifications and limits are  
obtained with the dither turned on.  
The SPI writes required to use the external voltage reference are as  
follows:  
1. Set Register 0x18E3 to 0x00 to turn off the VCM export.  
The dither is on by default. It is not recommended to turn it off.  
2. Set Register 0x18E6 to 0x00 to turn off the temperature diode  
export.  
Absolute Maximum Input Swing  
3. Set Register 0x18A6 to 0x01 to turn on the external voltage  
The absolute maximum input swing allowed at the inputs of the  
AD9699 is 5.8 V p-p differential. Signals operating near or at this  
level can cause permanent damage to the ADC. See Table 6 for  
more information.  
reference.  
The use of an external reference may be necessary, in some  
applications, to enhance the gain accuracy of the ADC or to  
improve thermal drift characteristics. Figure 61 shows the typical  
drift characteristics of the internal 0.5 V reference.  
Figure 59. Internal Reference Configuration and Controls  
Figure 61. Typical VREF Drift  
The external reference must be a stable 0.5 V reference. The  
ADR130 is a sufficient option for providing the 0.5 V reference.  
Figure 60 shows how the ADR130 can be used to provide the  
external 0.5 V reference to the AD9699. The dashed lines show  
unused blocks within the AD9699 while using the ADR130 to  
provide the external reference.  
DC OFFSET CALIBRATION  
Figure 60. External Reference Using the ADR130  
The AD9699 contains a digital filter to remove the dc offset from  
the output of the ADC. For ac-coupled applications, this filter can  
be enabled by setting Register 0x0701, Bit 7 to 0x1 and setting  
Register 0x73B, Bit 7 to 0x0. The filter computes the average dc  
signal and it is digitally subtracted from the ADC output. As a result,  
the dc offset is improved to better than 70 dBFS at the output.  
Because the filter does not distinguish between the source of dc  
signals, this feature can be used when the signal content at dc is  
VOLTAGE REFERENCE  
A stable and accurate 0.5 V voltage reference is built into the  
AD9699. This internal 0.5 V reference sets the full-scale input range  
of the ADC. The full-scale input range can be adjusted via the  
ADC input full-scale control register (Register 0x1910). For more  
information on adjusting the input swing, see Table 44. Figure 59  
shows the block diagram of the internal 0.5 V reference controls.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 24 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
not of interest. The filter corrects dc up to ±512 codes and saturates  
beyond that.  
Another option is to ac couple a differential CML or LVPECL signal  
to the sample clock input pins, as shown in Figure 64 and Figure  
65.  
CLOCK INPUT CONSIDERATIONS  
For optimum performance, drive the AD9699 sample clock inputs  
(CLK+ and CLK−) with a differential signal. This signal is ac-cou-  
pled to the CLK+ and CLK− pins via a transformer or clock drivers.  
These pins are biased internally and require no additional biasing.  
Figure 62 shows the differential input return loss curve for the  
clock inputs across a frequency range of 100 MHz to 6 GHz. The  
reference impedance is 100 Ω.  
Figure 64. Differential LVPECL Sample Clock  
Figure 65. Differential CML Sample Clock  
Clock Duty Cycle Considerations  
Typical high speed ADCs use both clock edges to generate a varie-  
ty of internal timing signals. The AD9699 contains an internal clock  
divider and a duty cycle stabilizer comprised of DCS1 and DCS2,  
which is enabled by default. In applications where the clock duty  
cycle cannot be guaranteed to be 50%, a higher multiple frequency  
clock along with the usage of the clock divider is recommended.  
When it is not possible to provide a higher frequency clock, it  
is recommended to turn on the DCS using Register 0x011C and  
Register 0x011E. Figure 66 shows the different controls to the  
AD9699 clock inputs. The output of the divider offers a 50% duty  
cycle, high slew rate (fast edge) clock signal to the internal ADC.  
See the Memory Map Register Details section for more details on  
using this feature.  
Figure 62. Differential Input Return Loss for the CLK± Inputs  
Figure 63 shows a preferred method for clocking the AD9699. The  
low jitter clock source is converted from a single-ended signal to a  
differential signal using an RF transformer.  
Input Clock Divider  
The AD9699 contains an input clock divider with the ability to  
divide the input clock by 1, 2, or 4. Select the divider ratios using  
Register 0x0108 (see Figure 66).  
The maximum frequency at the CLK± inputs is 6 GHz, which is the  
limit of the divider. In applications where the clock input is a multiple  
of the sample clock, take care to program the appropriate divider  
Figure 63. Transformer-Coupled Differential Clock  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 25 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
ratio into the clock divider before applying the clock signal. This  
action ensures that the current transients during device startup are  
controlled.  
Figure 67. Clock Divider Phase and Delay Controls  
The clock delay adjustment takes effect immediately when it is  
enabled via SPI writes. Enabling the clock fine delay adjust in  
Register 0x0110 causes a datapath reset. However, the contents  
of Register 0x0111 and Register 0x0112 can be changed without  
affecting the stability of the JESD204B link.  
Clock Coupling Considerations  
The AD9699 has many different domains within the analog supply  
that control various aspects of the data conversion. The clock  
domain is supplied by Pin A4, Pin A5, Pin A10, Pin A11, Pin B4,  
and Pin B11 on the analog supply, AVDD1 (0.975 V) and Pin A6,  
Pin A9, Pin B6, Pin B7, Pin B8, Pin B9, Pin C6, Pin C7, Pin C8, Pin  
C9, Pin D7, and Pin D8 on the ground (AGND) side. To minimize  
coupling between the clock supply domain and the other analog  
domains, it is recommended to add a supply Q factor reduction  
circuitry (de-Q) for Pin A4 and Pin A11, as well as Pin B4 and Pin  
B11, as shown in Figure 68.  
Figure 66. Clock Divider Circuit  
The AD9699 clock divider can be synchronized using the external  
SYSREF± input. A valid SYSREF± signal causes the clock divider  
to reset to a programmable state. This synchronization feature  
allows multiple devices to have their clock dividers aligned to  
guarantee simultaneous input sampling. See Table 44 for more  
information.  
Input Clock Divider ½ Period Delay Adjust  
The input clock divider in the AD9699 provides phase delay in  
increments of ½ the input clock cycle. Register 0x0109 can be  
programmed to enable this delay. Changing this register does not  
affect the stability of the JESD204B link.  
Clock Fine Delay and Superfine Delay Adjust  
Adjust the AD9699 sampling edge instant by writing to Regis-  
ter 0x0110, Register 0x0111, and Register 0x0112. Bits[2:0] of  
Register 0x0110 enable the selection of the fine delay, or the  
fine delay with superfine delay. The fine delay allows the user to  
delay the clock edges with 16 step or 192 step delay options. The  
superfine delay is an unsigned control to adjust the clock delay in  
superfine steps of 0.25 ps each.  
Register 0x0112, Bits[7:0] offer the user the option to delay the  
clock in 192 delay steps. Register 0x0111, Bits[7:0] offer the user  
the option to delay the clock in 128 superfine steps. To use the su-  
perfine delay option, set the clock delay control in Register 0x0110,  
Bits[2:0] to 0x2 or 0x6. Figure 67 shows the controls available to the  
clock dividers within the AD9699. It is recommended to apply the  
same delay settings to the digital delay circuits as are applied to the  
analog delay circuits to maintain sample accuracy through the pipe.  
Figure 68. De-Q Network Recommendation for the Clock Domain Supply  
Clock Jitter Considerations  
High speed, high resolution ADCs are sensitive to the quality of  
the clock input. Calculate the degradation in SNR at a given input  
frequency (fA) due only to aperture jitter (tJ) by  
SNRJITTER = −20 × log10 (2 × π × fA × tJ)  
In this equation, the rms aperture jitter represents the root mean  
square of all jitter sources, including the clock input, analog input  
signal, and ADC aperture jitter specifications.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 26 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
IF undersampling applications are particularly sensitive to jitter (see  
Figure 69).  
Figure 70. Estimated SNR Degradation for the AD9699 vs. Input Frequency  
and RMS Jitter  
Figure 69. Ideal SNR vs. Input Frequency and Jitter  
POWER-DOWN/STANDBY MODE  
The AD9699 has a PDWN/STBY pin that can be used to configure  
the device in power-down or standby mode. The default operation  
is PDWN. The PDWN/STBY pin is a logic high pin. When in pow-  
er-down mode, the JESD204B link is disrupted. The power-down  
option can also be set via Register 0x003F and Register 0x0040.  
Treat the clock input as an analog signal when aperture jitter  
may affect the dynamic range of the AD9699. Separate power  
supplies for clock drivers from the ADC output driver supplies to  
avoid modulating the clock signal with digital noise. If the clock is  
generated from another type of source (by gating, dividing, or other  
methods), retime the clock by the original clock at the last step.  
Refer to the AN-501 Application Note and the AN-756 Application  
Note for more in depth information about jitter performance as it  
relates to ADCs.  
In standby mode, the JESD204B link is not disrupted and transmits  
zeros for all converter samples. Change this transmission using  
Register 0x0571, Bit 7 to select /K/ characters.  
TEMPERATURE DIODE  
Figure 70 shows the estimated SNR of the AD9699 across the input  
frequency for different clock induced jitter values. Estimate the SNR  
by using the following equation:  
The AD9699 contains diode-based temperature sensors. The di-  
odes output voltages commensurate to the temperature of the  
silicon. There are multiple diodes on the die, but the results estab-  
lished using the temperature diode at the central location of the  
die can be regarded as representative of the entire die. Figure 71  
shows the locations of the diodes in the AD9699 with voltages that  
can be output to the VREF pin. In each location, there is a pair of  
diodes, one of which is 20× the size of the other. It is recommended  
to use both diodes in a location to obtain an accurate estimate  
of the die temperature. For more information, see the AN-1432  
Application Note, Practical Thermal Modeling and Measurements in  
High Power ICs.  
−SNR  
ADC  
10  
SNR dBFS = 10log10 10  
+ 10  
−SNR  
JITTER  
10  
Figure 71. Temperature Diode Locations in the Die  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 27 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
THEORY OF OPERATION  
The temperature diode voltages can be exported to the VREF pin  
using the SPI. Use Register 0x18E6 to enable or disable diodes.  
It is important to note that other voltages may be exported to  
the VREF pin at the same time, which can result in undefined  
behavior. To ensure a proper readout, switch off all other voltage  
exporting circuits as described in this section. Figure 72 shows the  
block diagram of the controls that are required to enable the diode  
voltage readout.  
a more accurate result, see the AN-1432 Application Note,  
Practical Thermal Modeling and Measurements in High Power  
ICs.  
Figure 73. Typical Voltage Response of the 1× Temperature Diode  
The relationship between the measured delta voltage (ΔV) and the  
junction temperature in °C is shown in Figure 74.  
Figure 72. Register Controls to Output Temperature Diode Voltage on the  
VREF Pin  
The SPI writes required to export the central temperature diode are  
as follows (see Table 44 for more information):  
1. Set Register 0x0008 to 0x01.  
2. Set Register 0x18E3 to 0x00 to turn off VCM export.  
3. Set Register 0x18A6 to 0x00 to turn off voltage reference  
export.  
4. Set Register 0x18E6 to 0x01 to turn on voltage export of the  
central 1× temperature diode. The typical voltage response of  
the temperature diode is shown in Figure 73. Although this volt-  
age represents the die temperature, it is recommended to take  
measurements from a pair of diodes for improved accuracy. The  
following step explains how to enable the 20× diode.  
5. Set Register 0x18E6 to 0x02 to turn on the second central  
temperature diode of the pair, which is 20× the size of the first.  
For the method using two diodes simultaneously to achieve  
Figure 74. Junction Temperature vs. ΔV (mV)  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 28 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
ADC OVERRANGE AND FAST DETECT  
In receiver applications, it is desirable to have a mechanism to  
reliably determine when the converter is about to be clipped. The  
standard overrange bit in the JESD204B outputs provides informa-  
tion on the state of the analog input that is of limited usefulness.  
Therefore, it is helpful to have a programmable threshold below full  
scale that allows time to reduce the gain before the clip actually  
occurs. In addition, because input signals can have significant slew  
rates, the latency of this function is of major concern. Highly pipe-  
lined converters can have significant latency. The AD9699 contains  
fast detect circuitry to monitor the threshold and assert the FD pin.  
The operation of the upper threshold and lower threshold registers,  
along with the dwell time registers, is shown in Figure 75.  
The FD indicator is asserted if the input magnitude exceeds the  
value programmed in the fast detect upper threshold registers,  
located at Register 0x0247 and Register 0x0248. The selected  
threshold register is compared with the signal magnitude at the  
output of the ADC. The fast upper threshold detection has a latency  
of 28 clock cycles (maximum). The approximate upper threshold  
magnitude is defined by  
Upper Threshold Magnitude (dBFS) = 20log(Threshold Magni-  
ADC OVERRANGE  
tude/213  
)
The ADC overrange indicator is asserted when an overrange is  
detected on the input of the ADC. The overrange indicator can be  
embedded within the JESD204B link as a control bit (when CSB  
> 0). The latency of this overrange indicator matches the sample  
latency.  
The FD indicators are not cleared until the signal drops below the  
lower threshold for the programmed dwell time. The lower threshold  
is programmed in the fast detect lower threshold registers, located  
at Register 0x0249 and Register 0x024A. The fast detect lower  
threshold register is a 13-bit register that is compared with the  
signal magnitude at the output of the ADC. This comparison is  
subject to the ADC pipeline latency, but is accurate in terms of  
converter resolution. The lower threshold magnitude is defined by  
The AD9699 also records any overrange condition in any of the  
eight virtual converters. For more information on the virtual con-  
verters, refer to Figure 81. The overrange status of each virtual  
converter is registered as a sticky bit in Register 0x0563. The  
contents of Register 0x0563 can be cleared using Register 0x0562,  
by toggling the bits corresponding to the virtual converter to set and  
reset position.  
Lower Threshold Magnitude (dBFS) = 20log(Threshold Magni-  
tude/213  
)
For example, to set an upper threshold of −6 dBFS, write 0xFFF to  
Register 0x0247 and Register 0x0248. To set a lower threshold of  
−10 dBFS, write 0xA1D to Register 0x0249 and Register 0x024A.  
FAST THRESHOLD DETECTION (FD)  
The FD pin is immediately set whenever the absolute value of  
the input signal exceeds the programmable upper threshold level.  
The FD bit is only cleared when the absolute value of the input  
signal drops below the lower threshold level for greater than the  
programmable dwell time. This feature provides hysteresis and  
prevents the FD bit from excessively toggling.  
The dwell time can be programmed from 1 to 65,535 sample clock  
cycles by placing the desired value in the fast detect dwell time  
registers, located at Register 0x024B and Register 0x024C. See  
Register 0x0040 and Register 0x0245 to Register 0x024C in the  
Memory Map Register Details for more details.  
Figure 75. Threshold Settings for FD Signal  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 29 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
ADC APPLICATION MODES AND JESD204B TX CONVERTER MAPPING  
The AD9699 contains a configurable signal path that allows differ-  
ent features to be enabled for different applications. These features  
are controlled using the chip application mode register, Register  
0x0200. The chip operating mode is controlled by Bits[3:0] in this  
register, and the chip Q ignore is controlled by Bit 5.  
the number of virtual converters are the same whether a single  
real converter is used along with a digital downconverter block  
producing I/Q outputs, or whether an analog downconversion is  
used with two real converters producing I/Q outputs.  
Figure 77 shows a block diagram of the two scenarios described for  
I/Q transport layer mapping.  
The AD9699 contains the following modes:  
Full bandwidth mode: 14-bit ADC core running at the full sample  
rate.  
DDC mode: up to four digital downconverter (DDC) channels.  
After the chip application mode is selected, the output decimation  
ratio is set using the chip decimation ratio in Register 0x0201,  
Bits[3:0]. The output sample rate = ADC sample rate/the chip  
decimation ratio.  
To support the different application layer modes, the AD9699 treats  
each sample stream (real, I, or Q) as originating from separate  
virtual converters.  
Table 11 shows the number of virtual converters required and the  
transport layer mapping when channel swapping is disabled. Figure  
76 shows the virtual converters and their relationship to the DDC  
outputs when complex outputs are used.  
Figure 76. DDCs and Virtual Converter Mapping  
Each DDC channel outputs either two sample streams (I/Q) for the  
complex data components (real + imaginary) or one sample stream  
for real (I) data. The AD9699 can be configured to use up to eight  
virtual converters, depending on the DDC configuration.  
The I/Q samples are always mapped in pairs with the I samples  
mapped to the first virtual converter and the Q samples mapped  
to the second virtual converter. With this transport layer mapping,  
Figure 77. I/Q Transport Layer Mapping  
Table 11. Virtual Converter Mapping  
Number of  
Virtual  
Chip Operating  
Mode  
Virtual Converter Mapping  
Converters  
Supported  
(Reg. 0x0200,  
Bits[3:0])  
Chip Q Ignore  
(0x0200, Bit 5)  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
1
2
2
4
4
8
Full bandwidth  
mode (0x0)  
Real or complex  
(0x0)  
ADC  
samples  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
One DDC mode  
(0x1)  
Real (I only) (0x1)  
DDC0 I  
samples  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
One DDC mode  
(0x1)  
Complex (I/Q) (0x0) DDC0 I  
samples  
DDC0 Q  
samples  
Two DDC mode  
(0x2)  
Real (I only) (0x1)  
DDC0 I  
samples  
DDC1 I  
samples  
Two DDC mode  
(0x2)  
Complex (I/Q) (0x0) DDC0 I  
samples  
DDC0 Q  
samples  
DDC1 I  
samples  
DDC1 Q  
samples  
Four DDC mode  
(0x3)  
Real (I only) (0x1)  
DDC0 I  
samples  
DDC1 I  
samples  
DDC2 I  
samples  
DDC3 I  
samples  
Four DDC mode  
(0x3)  
Complex (I/Q) (0x0) DDC0 I  
samples  
DDC0 Q  
samples  
DDC1 I  
samples  
DDC1 Q  
samples  
DDC2 I  
samples  
DDC2 Q  
samples  
DDC3 I  
samples  
DDC3 Q  
samples  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 30 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
PROGRAMMABLE FIR FILTERS  
Real 96-tap filter (see Figure 79)  
DOUT[n] = DIN[n] × XY[n]  
Real set of two cascaded 24-tap filters (see Figure 80)  
DOUT[n] = DIN[n] × X[n] × Y[n]  
SUPPORTED MODES  
The AD9699 supports the following modes of operation (the aster-  
isk symbol (*) denotes convolution):  
Real 48-tap filter (see Figure 78)  
DOUT[n] = DIN_I[n] × XY[n]  
Figure 78. Real 48-Tap Filter Configuration  
Figure 79. Real 96-Tap Filter Configuration  
Figure 80. Real, Two Cascaded, 24-Tap Filter Configuration  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 31 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
PROGRAMMABLE FIR FILTERS  
Table 12. Register 0x0DF8 Definition  
PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS  
Bits  
Description  
Use the following procedure to set up the programmable FIR filter:  
[7:3]  
[2:0]  
Reserved  
1. Enable the sample clock to the device.  
Filter mode (I mode)  
2. Set the I path mode (I mode) and gain in Register 0x0DF8 and  
Register 0x0DF9 (see Table 12 and Table 13). Only I Mode is  
available. Q Mode is not available on single-channel devices.  
000: filters bypassed  
001: real 24-tap filter (X only)  
010: real 48-tap filter (X and Y together)  
3. Wait at least 5 µs to allow the programmable filter to power up.  
4. Program the I path coefficients to the internal shadow registers  
100: real set of two cascaded 24-tap filters (X then Y cascaded)  
111: real 96-tap filter (X and Y together)  
as follows:  
Table 13. Register 0x0DF9 Definition  
a. Program the XI coefficients in Register 0x0E00 to Register  
Bits  
Description  
0x0E2F (see Table 14 and Table 15).  
b. Program the YI coefficients in Register 0x0F00 to Register  
0x0F2F (see Table 14 and Table 15).  
c. Program the tapped delay in Register 0x0F30 (note that this  
7
Reserved  
[6:4]  
Y filter gain  
110: −12 dB loss  
111: −6 dB loss  
000: 0 dB gain  
001: 6 dB gain  
010: 12 dB gain  
Reserved  
step is optional).  
5. Set the chip transfer bit using either of the following methods  
(note that setting the chip transfer bit applies the programmed  
shadow coefficients to the filter):  
3
[2:0]  
X filter gain  
a. Via the register map using the write the chip transfer bit  
(Register 0x000F = 0x01).  
b. Via a GPIO pin, as follows:  
110: −12 dB loss  
111: −6 dB loss  
000: 0 dB gain  
001: 6 dB gain  
010: 12 dB gain  
1. Configure one of the GPIO pins as the chip transfer bit  
in Register 0x0040 to Register 0x0042.  
2. Toggle the GPIO pin to initiate the chip transfer (the  
rising edge is triggered).  
6. When the I path mode register changes in Register 0x0DF8, all  
Table 14 shows the coefficient tables in Register 0x0E00 to Regis-  
ter 0x0F30. Note that all coefficients are Q1.15 format (sign bit + 15  
fractional bits).  
coefficients must be reprogrammed.  
Table 14. I Coefficient Table (Device Selection = 0x1)1  
Single 24-Tap Filter (I Mode  
[2:0] = 0x1)  
Single 48-Tap Filter (I Mode  
[2:0] = 0x2)  
Two Cascaded 24-Tap Filters (I Single 96-Tap Filter (I Mode  
Addr.  
Mode [2:0] = 0x4)  
[2:0] = 0x7)  
0x0E00  
0x0E01  
0x0E02  
0x0E03  
XI C0 [7:0]  
XI C0 [15:8]  
XI C1 [7:0]  
XI C1 [15:8]  
XI C0 [7:0]  
XI C0 [15:8]  
XI C1 [7:0]  
XI C1 [15:8]  
XI C0 [7:0]  
XI C0 [15:8]  
XI C1 [7:0]  
XI C1 [15:8]  
XI C0 [7:0]  
XI C0 [15:8]  
XI C1 [7:0]  
XI C1 [15:8]  
0x0E2E  
0x0E2F  
0x0F00  
0x0F01  
0x0F02  
0x0F03  
XI C23 [7:0]  
XI C23 [15:0]  
Unused  
XI C23 [7:0]  
XI C23 [15:0]  
YI C24 [7:0]  
YI C24 [15:8]  
YI C25 [7:0]  
YI C25 [15:8]  
XI C23 [7:0]  
XI C23 [15:0]  
YI C0 [7:0]  
YI C0 [15:8]  
YI C1 [7:0]  
YI C1 [15:8]  
XI C23 [7:0]  
XI C23 [15:0]  
YI C24 [7:0]  
YI C24 [15:8]  
YI C25 [7:0]  
YI C25 [15:8]  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
0x0F2E  
0x0F2F  
0x0F30  
Unused  
YI C47 [7:0]  
YI C47 [15:0]  
Unused  
YI C23 [7:0]  
YI C23 [15:0]  
Unused  
YI C47 [7:0]  
YI C47 [15:0]  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
1
XI Cn means I Path X Coefficient n. YI Cn means I Path Y Coefficient n.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 32 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
The AD9699 includes four digital downconverters (DDC0 to DDC3)  
that provide filtering and reduce the output data rate. This digital  
processing section includes an NCO, multiple decimating FIR fil-  
ters, a gain stage, and a complex to real conversion stage. Each  
of these processing blocks has control lines that allow it to be inde-  
pendently enabled and disabled to provide the desired processing  
function. The digital downconverter can be configured to output  
either real data or complex output data.  
Frequency translation stage (optional)  
Filtering stage  
Gain stage (optional)  
Complex to real conversion stage (optional)  
DDC Frequency Translation Stage (Optional)  
This stage consists of a phase coherent NCO and quadrature  
mixers that can be used for frequency translation of both real or  
complex input signals. The phase coherent NCO allows an infinite  
number of frequency hops that are all referenced back to a single  
synchronization event. It also includes 16 shadow registers for fast  
switching applications. This stage shifts a portion of the available  
digital spectrum down to baseband.  
The DDCs output a 16-bit stream. To enable this operation, the  
converter number of bits, N, is set to a default value of 16, even  
though the analog core only outputs 14 bits. In full bandwidth  
operation, the ADC output is the 14-bit word followed by two zeros,  
unless the tail bits are enabled.  
DDC I/Q OUTPUT SELECTION  
DDC Filtering Stage  
Each DDC channel has two output ports that can be paired to  
support both real and complex outputs. For real output signals, only  
the DDC Output Port I is used (the DDC Output Port Q is invalid).  
For complex I/Q output signals, both DDC Output Port I and DDC  
Output Port Q are used.  
After shifting down to baseband, this stage decimates the frequency  
spectrum using multiple low-pass finite impulse response (FIR)  
filters for rate conversion. The decimation process lowers the output  
data rate, which in turn reduces the output interface rate.  
The I/Q outputs to each DDC channel are controlled by the DDC  
complex to real enable bit, Bit 3, in the DDC control registers  
(Register 0x0310, Register 0x0330, Register 0x0350, and Register  
0x0370).  
DDC Gain Stage (Optional)  
Because of losses associated with mixing a real input signal down  
to baseband, this stage compensates by adding an additional 0 dB  
or 6 dB of gain.  
The chip Q ignore bit in the chip mode register (Register 0x0200,  
Bit 5) controls the chip output muxing of all the DDC channels.  
When all DDC channels use real outputs, set this bit high to ignore  
all DDC Q output ports. When any of the DDC channels are set to  
use complex I/Q outputs, the user must clear this bit to use both  
DDC Output Port I and DDC Output Port Q. For more information,  
see Figure 97.  
DDC Complex to Real Conversion Stage  
(Optional)  
When real outputs are necessary, this stage converts the complex  
outputs back to real by performing an fS/4 mixing operation plus a  
filter to remove the complex component of the signal.  
DDC GENERAL DESCRIPTION  
Figure 81 shows the detailed block diagram of the DDCs imple-  
mented in the AD9699.  
The four DDC blocks are used to extract a portion of the full digital  
spectrum captured by the ADC. They are intended for IF sampling  
or oversampled baseband radios requiring wide bandwidth input  
signals.  
Figure 82 shows an example usage of one of the four DDC  
channels with a real input signal and four half-band filters (HB4 +  
HB3 + HB2 + HB1) used. It shows both complex (decimate by 16)  
and real (decimate by 8) output options.  
Each DDC block contains the following signal processing stages:  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 33 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Figure 81. DDC Detailed Block Diagram  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 34 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Figure 82. DDC Theory of Operation Example (Real Input)  
Register 0x0350, and Register 0x0370). These IF modes are as  
follows:  
DDC FREQUENCY TRANSLATION  
DDC Frequency Translation General  
Description  
Variable IF mode  
0 Hz IF or zero IF (ZIF) mode  
fS/4 Hz IF mode  
Frequency translation is accomplished by using a 48-bit complex  
NCO with a digital quadrature mixer. This stage translates either  
a real or complex input signal from an IF to a baseband complex  
digital output (carrier frequency = 0 Hz).  
Test mode  
Variable IF Mode  
The frequency translation stage of each DDC can be controlled  
individually and supports four different IF modes using Bits[5:4]  
of the DDC control registers (Register 0x0310, Register 0x0330,  
In this mode, the NCO and mixers are enabled. The NCO output  
frequency can be used to digitally tune the IF frequency.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 35 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
0 Hz IF (ZIF) Mode  
Test Mode  
In this mode, the mixers are bypassed, and the NCO is disabled.  
In this mode, input samples are forced to 0.999 to positive full  
scale. The NCO is enabled. This test mode allows the NCOs to  
directly drive the decimation filters.  
fS/4 Hz IF Mode  
Figure 83 show examples of the frequency translation stage for real  
inputs.  
In this mode, the mixers and the NCO are enabled in downmixing  
by fS/4 mode to save power.  
Figure 83. DDC NCO Frequency Tuning Word Selection—Real Inputs  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 36 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
DDC NCO Description  
DDC NCO Coherent Mode  
Each DDC contains one NCO. Each NCO enables the frequency  
translation process by creating a complex exponential frequency  
(e-jωct), which can be mixed with the input spectrum to translate the  
desired frequency band of interest to dc, where it can be filtered by  
the subsequent low-pass filter blocks to prevent aliasing.  
This mode allows an infinite number of frequency hops where the  
phase is referenced to a single synchronization event at time 0.  
This mode is useful when phase coherency must be maintained  
when switching between different frequency bands. In this mode,  
the user can switch to any tuning frequency without the need to re-  
set the NCO. Although only one FTW is required, the NCO contains  
16 shadow registers for fast-switching applications. Selection of the  
shadow registers is controlled by the CMOS GPIO pins or through  
the register map of the SPI. In this mode, the NCO can be set up by  
providing the following:  
When placed in variable IF mode, the NCO supports two different  
additional modes.  
DDC NCO Programmable Modulus Mode  
This mode supports >48-bit frequency tuning accuracy for appli-  
cations that require exact rational (M/N) frequency synthesis at  
a single carrier frequency. In this mode, the NCO is set up by  
providing the following:  
Up to sixteen 48-bit FTWs.  
Up to sixteen 48-bit POWs.  
The 48-bit MAW must be set to zero in coherent mode.  
Figure 84 shows a block diagram of one NCO and its connection  
to the rest of the design. The coherent phase accumulator block  
contains the logic that allows an infinite number of frequency hops.  
The gray lines in Figure 84 represent SPI control lines.  
48-bit frequency tuning word (FTW)  
48-bit Modulus A word (MAW)  
48-bit Modulus B word (MBW)  
48-bit phase offset word (POW)  
Figure 84. NCO + Mixer Block Diagram  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 37 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
and for negative numbers, mod(–32,10)= –2.  
NCO FTW/POW/MAW/MAB Description  
floor(x) is defined as the largest integer less than or equal to x. For  
example, floor(3.6) = 3.  
The NCO frequency value is determined by the following settings:  
48-bit twos complement number entered in the FTW  
48-bit unsigned number entered in the MAW  
48-bit unsigned number entered in the MBW  
Note that Equation 1 to Equation 4 apply to the aliasing of signals  
in the digital domain (that is, aliasing introduced when digitizing  
analog signals).  
M and N are integers reduced to their lowest terms. MAW and  
MBW are integers reduced to their lowest terms. When MAW is set  
to zero, the programmable modulus logic is automatically disabled.  
Frequencies between −fS/2 and +fS/2 (fS/2 excluded) are represent-  
ed using the following values:  
FTW = 0x8000_0000_0000 and MAW = 0x0000_0000_0000  
represents a frequency of –fS/2.  
FTW = 0x0000_0000_0000 and MAW = 0x0000_0000_0000  
represents dc (frequency is 0 Hz).  
FTW = 0x7FFF_FFFF_FFFF and MAW = 0x0000_0000_0000  
represents a frequency of +fS/2.  
For example, if the ADC sampling frequency (fS) is 3000 MSPS and  
the carrier frequency (fC) is 1001.5 MHz, then,  
mod 1001 . 5, 3000  
3000  
M
N
2003  
=
6000  
=
mod 1001 . 5, 3000  
3000  
FTW = floor 248  
NCO FTW/POW/MAW/MAB Programmable  
Modulus Mode  
= 0x5576_19F0_FB3  
MAW = mod(248 × 2003, 6000) = 0x0000_0000_0F80  
MBW = 0x0000_0000_1770  
For programmable modulus mode, the MAW must be set to a  
nonzero value (not equal to 0x0000_0000_0000). This mode is  
only needed when frequency accuracy of >48 bits is required. One  
example of a rational frequency synthesis requirement that requires  
>48 bits of accuracy is a carrier frequency of 1/3 the sample rate.  
When frequency accuracy of ≤48 bits is required, coherent mode  
must be used (see the NCO FTW/POW/MAW/MAB Coherent Mode  
section).  
The actual carrier frequency can be calculated based on the follow-  
ing equation:  
MAW  
MBW  
FTW +  
× f  
S
fC_ACTUAL  
=
48  
2
For the previous example, the actual carrier frequency (fC_ACTUAL  
is  
)
In programmable modulus mode, the FTW, MAW, and MBW must  
satisfy the following four equations (for a detailed description of  
the programmable modulus feature, see the DDS architecture de-  
scribed in the AN-953 Application Note):  
0x0000_0000_0F80  
0x5576_19F0_FB38 ×  
0x0000_0000_1770  
48  
fC_ACTUAL  
=
=
2
1001.5 MHz  
MAW  
MBW  
48  
FTW +  
mod f , f  
C
S
M
N
=
=
(1)  
(2)  
A 48-bit POW is available for each NCO to create a known phase  
relationship between multiple chips or individual DDC channels  
inside the chip.  
f
S
2
mod f , f  
FTW = floor 248  
C
S
f
S
While in programmable modulus mode, the FTW and POW regis-  
ters can be updated at any time while still maintaining deterministic  
phase results in the NCO. However, the following procedure must  
be followed to update the MAW and/or MBW registers to ensure  
proper operation of the NCO:  
MAW = mod 248 × M, N (3)  
MBW = N (4)  
where:  
fC is the desired carrier frequency.  
fS is the ADC sampling frequency.  
M is the integer representing the rational numerator of the frequen-  
cy ratio.  
N is the integer representing the rational denominator of the fre-  
quency ratio.  
1. Write to the MAW and MBW registers for all the DDCs.  
2. Synchronize the NCOs either through the DDC soft reset bit  
accessible through the SPI or through the assertion of the  
SYSREF± pin (see the Reading the Memory Map Register  
Table section).  
FTW is the 48-bit twos complement number representing the NCO  
FTW.  
NCO FTW/POW/MAW/MAB Coherent Mode  
For coherent mode, the NCO MAW must be set to zero  
(0x0000_0000_0000). In this mode, the NCO FTW can be calculat-  
ed by the following equation:  
MAW is the 48-bit unsigned number representing the NCO MAW  
(must be <247).  
MBW is the 48-bit unsigned number representing the NCO MBW.  
mod(x) is a remainder function. For example, mod(110,100) = 10  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 38 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
mod f ,  
f
S
FTW = round 248  
(5)  
For the previous example, the actual carrier frequency (fC_ACTUAL  
is  
)
C
f
S
416 . 667 × 3000  
where:  
fC_ACTUAL  
=
= 416 . 66699 MHz  
48  
2
FTW is the 48-bit twos complement number representing the  
NCO FTW.  
fS is the ADC sampling frequency.  
A 48-bit POW is available for each NCO to create a known phase  
relationship between multiple chips or individual DDC channels  
inside the chip.  
fC is the desired carrier frequency.  
mod(x) is a remainder function. For example mod(110,100) = 10  
and for negative numbers, mod(–32,10) = –2.  
round(x) is a rounding function. For example round(3.6) = 4 and for  
negative numbers, round(–3.4) = –3.  
While in coherent mode, the FTW and POW registers can be  
updated at any time while still maintaining deterministic phase  
results in the NCO.  
Note that Equation 5 applies to the aliasing of signals in the digital  
domain (that is, aliasing introduced when digitizing analog signals).  
The MAW must be set to zero to use coherent mode. When MAW is  
zero, the programmable modulus logic is automatically disabled.  
NCO Channel Selection  
When configured in coherent mode, only one FTW is required in  
the NCO. In this mode, the user can switch to any tuning frequency  
without the need to reset the NCO by writing to the FTW directly.  
However, for fast switching applications, where either all FTWs  
are known beforehand or it is possible to queue up the next set  
of FTWs, the NCO contains 16 additional shadow registers (see  
Figure 84). These shadow registers are hereafter referred to as the  
NCO channels.  
For example, if the ADC sampling frequency (fS) is 3000 MSPS and  
the carrier frequency (fC) is 416.667 MHz, then,  
mod 416 . 667, 3000  
NCO_FTW = round 248  
3000  
= 0x2EC6_C03A_8E23  
The actual carrier frequency can be calculated based on the follow-  
ing equation:  
Figure 85 shows a simplified block diagram of the NCO channel  
selection block. The gray lines in Figure 85 represent SPI control  
lines.  
FTW × f  
S
fC_ACTUAL  
=
48  
2
Figure 85. NCO Channel Selection Block  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 39 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Only one NCO channel is active at a time and NCO channel  
selection is controlled either by the CMOS GPIO pins or through the  
register map.  
The following procedure must be followed to use GPIO edge control  
mode for NCO channel selection:  
1. Configure one or more GPIO pins as NCO channel selection  
Each NCO channel selector supports three different modes, descri-  
bed as follows:  
inputs.  
a. To use GPIO_A0, write Bits[2:0] in Register 0x0040 to 0x6  
GPIO level control mode. In this mode, the GPIO pins determine  
the exact NCO channel selected.  
and Bits[3:0] in Register 0x0041 to 0x0.  
b. To use GPIO_B0, write Bits[5:3] in Register 0x0040 to 0x6  
GPIO edge control mode. A low to high transition on a single  
GPIO pin determines the exact NCO channel selected. The  
internal channel selection counter is reset by either SYSREF± or  
by the DDC soft reset.  
Register map mode. In this mode, the NCO channel selected is  
determined directly through the register map.  
and Bits[7:4] in Register 0x0041 to 0x0.  
c. To use GPIO_A1, write Bits[3:0] in Register 0x0042 to 0x0.  
d. To use GPIO_B1, write Bits[7:4] in Register 0x0042 to 0x0.  
2. Configure the NCO channel selector in GPIO edge control  
mode by setting Bits[7:4] in the NCO control registers (Regis-  
ter 0x0314, Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register  
0x0374) to 0x8 through 0xB, depending on the desired GPIO  
pin.  
The following procedure must be followed to use GPIO level control  
mode for NCO channel selection:  
3. Configure the wrap point for the NCO channel selection by  
setting Bits[3:0] in the NCO control registers (Register 0x0314,  
Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register 0x0374). A  
value of 4 causes the channel selection to wrap at Channel 4  
(for example, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4).  
1. Configure one or more GPIO pins as NCO channel selection  
inputs. The GPIO pins not configured as NCO channel selection  
inputs are internally tied low.  
a. To use GPIO_A0, write Bits[2:0] in Register 0x0040 to 0x6  
and Bits[3:0] in Register 0x0041 to 0x0.  
b. To use GPIO_B0, write Bits[5:3] in Register 0x0040 to 0x6  
4. Transition the selected GPIO pin from low to high to increment  
the NCO channel selection.  
and Bits[7:4] in Register 0x0041 to 0x0.  
c. To use GPIO_A1, write Bits[3:0] in Register 0x0042 to 0x0.  
d. To use GPIO_B1, write Bits[7:4] in Register 0x0042 to 0x0.  
Figure 86 shows an example use case for coherent mode using  
three NCO channels. In this example, NCO Channel 0 is actively  
downconverting Bandwidth 0 (B0), while NCO Channel 1 and  
Channel 2 are in standby mode and are tuned to Bandwidth 1 and  
Bandwidth 2 (B1 and B2), respectively.  
2. Configure the NCO channel selector in GPIO level control  
mode by setting Bits[7:4] in the NCO control registers (Regis-  
ter 0x0314, Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register  
0x0374) to 0x1 through 0x6, depending on the desired GPIO  
pin order.  
The phase coherent NCO switching feature allows an infinite num-  
ber of frequency hops that are all phase coherent. The initial phase  
of the NCO is established at time t0 from SYSREF± synchroniza-  
tion. Switching the NCO FTW does not affect the phase. With this  
feature, only one FTW is required, but the user may wish to use all  
16 channels to queue up the next hop.  
3. Select the desired NCO channel through the GPIO pins.  
After SYSREF± synchronization at startup, all NCOs across multi-  
ple chips are inherently synchronized.  
Figure 86. NCO Coherent Mode with Three NCO Channels (B0 Selected)  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 40 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Using the SYSREF± pin. When the SYSREF± pin is enabled  
Setting Up the Multichannel NCO Feature  
in the SYSREF control registers (Register 0x0120 and Register  
0x0121), and the DDC synchronization is enabled in the DDC  
synchronization control register (Register 0x0300, Bits[1:0]), any  
subsequent SYSREF± event resets all the PAWs in the chip.  
Note that this method can be used to synchronize DDC channels  
within the same chip or DDC channels within separate chips.  
The first step to configure the multichannel NCO is to program the  
FTWs. The AD9699 memory map has an FTW index register for  
each DDC. This index determines which NCO channel receives the  
FTW from the register map. The following sequence describes the  
method for programming the FTWs:  
1. Write the FTW index register with the desired DDC channel.  
2. Write the FTW with the desired value. This value is applied to  
NCO Multichip Synchronization  
the NCO channel index mentioned in Step 1.  
3. Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for other NCO channels.  
In some applications, it is necessary to synchronize all the NCOs  
and local multiframe clocks (LMFCs) within multiple devices in a  
system. For applications requiring multiple NCO tuning frequencies  
in the system, a designer likely needs to generate a single SYSREF  
pulse at all devices simultaneously. For many systems, generating  
or receiving a single-shot SYSREF pulse at all devices is challeng-  
ing because of the following factors:  
After setting the FTWs, the user must then select an active NCO  
channel. This selection can be performed either through the SPI  
registers or through the external GPIO pins. The following se-  
quence describes the method for selecting the active NCO channel  
using the SPI:  
Enabling or disabling the SYSREF pulse is often an asynchro-  
nous event.  
Not all clock generation chips support this feature.  
1. Set the NCO channel select mode bits (Bits[7:4] in Regis-  
ter 0x0314, Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register  
0x0374) to 0x0 to enable SPI selection.  
2. Choose the active NCO channel using Bits[3:0] in Regis-  
ter 0x0314, Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register  
0x0374.  
For these reasons, the AD9699 contains a synchronization trigger-  
ing mechanism that allows the following:  
Multichip synchronization of all NCOs and LMFCs at system  
startup.  
Multichip synchronization of all NCOs after applying new tuning  
frequencies during normal operation.  
The following sequence describes the method for selecting the  
active NCO channel using the GPIO CMOS pins:  
1. Set the NCO channel select mode bits (Bits[7:4] in Regis-  
ter 0x0314, Register 0x0334, Register 0x0354, and Register  
0x0374) to a nonzero value to enable GPIO pin selection.  
The synchronization triggering mechanism uses a master/slave  
arrangement, as shown in Figure 87.  
2. Configure the GPIO pins as NCO channel selection inputs  
by writing to Register 0x0040, Register 0x0041, and Register  
0x0042.  
3. NCO switching is performed by externally controlling the GPIO  
CMOS pins.  
NCO Synchronization  
Each NCO contains a separate phase accumulator word (PAW).  
The initial reset value of each PAW is set to zero and incremented  
every clock cycle. The instantaneous phase of the NCO is calcu-  
lated using the PAW, FTW, MAW, MBW, and POW. Due to this  
architecture, the FTW and POW registers can be updated at any  
time while still maintaining deterministic phase results in the PAW of  
the NCO.  
Two methods can be used to synchronize multiple PAWs within the  
chip:  
Figure 87. System Using Master/Slave Synchronization Triggering  
Using the SPI. Use the DDC soft reset bit in the DDC synchroni-  
zation control register (Register 0x0300, Bit 4) to reset all the  
PAWs in the chip. This reset is accomplished by setting the DDC  
soft reset bit high, and then setting this bit low. Note that this  
method can only be used to synchronize DDC channels within  
the same chip.  
Each device has an internal next synchronization trigger enable  
(NSTE) signal that controls whether the next SYSREF signal caus-  
es a synchronization event. Slave ADC devices must source their  
NSTE from an external slave next trigger input (SNTI) pin. Master  
devices can either use an external master next trigger output  
(MNTO) pin (default setting), or use an external SNTI pin.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 41 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
See Memory Map Register Details (Register 0x0041 and Register  
0x0042) to configure the FD/GPIO pins for this operation.  
SYSREF at startup. Using this startup sequence synchronizes all  
the NCOs and LMFCs in the system at once.  
NCO Multichip Synchronization at Startup  
Figure 88 shows a timing diagram along with the required sequence  
of events for NCO multichip synchronization using triggering and  
Figure 88. NCO Multichip Synchronization at Startup (Using Triggering and SYSREF)  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 42 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
the dynamic range of the signal within the full scale of the output  
bits (see the DDC Gain Stage (Optional) section).  
NCO Multichip Synchronization During Normal  
Operation  
The worst case spurious signal from the NCO is greater than 102  
dBc SFDR for all output frequencies.  
See the Setting Up the Multichannel NCO Feature section.  
DDC Mixer Description  
DDC DECIMATION FILTERS  
When not bypassed (Register 0x0200 ≠ 0x00), the digital quadra-  
ture mixer performs a similar operation to an analog quadrature  
mixer. It performs the downconversion of the input signal by using  
the NCO frequency as a local oscillator. Because the input of the  
DDC is a real signal, a real mixer operation (with two multipliers) is  
performed.  
After the frequency translation stage, there are multiple decimation  
filter stages that reduce the output data rate. After the carrier of  
interest is tuned down to dc (carrier frequency = 0 Hz), these filters  
efficiently lower the sample rate, while providing sufficient alias  
rejection from unwanted adjacent carriers around the bandwidth of  
interest.  
DDC NCO + Mixer Loss and SFDR  
Figure 89 shows a simplified block diagram of the decimation  
filter stage, and Table 15 describes the filter characteristics of the  
different finite impulse response (FIR) filter blocks.  
When mixing a real input signal down to baseband, −6 dB of loss  
is introduced in the signal due to filtering of the negative image. An  
additional −0.05 dB of loss is introduced by the NCO. The total loss  
of a real input signal mixed down to baseband is −6.05 dB. For this  
reason, it is recommended that the user compensate for this loss by  
enabling the 6 dB of gain in the gain stage of the DDC to recenter  
Table 16 and Table 17 show the different filter configurations select-  
able by including different filters. In all cases, the DDC filtering  
stage provides 80% of the available output bandwidth, <±0.005 dB  
of pass-band ripple and >100 dB of stop band alias rejection.  
Figure 89. DDC Decimation Filter Block Diagram  
Table 15. DDC Decimation Filter Characteristics  
Pass Band (rad/  
sec)  
Stop Band (rad/  
sec)  
Pass-Band Ripple  
(dB)  
Filter Name  
Filter Type  
Decimation Ratio  
Stop-Band Attenuation (dB)  
HB4  
HB3  
HB2  
HB1  
TB2  
TB11  
FB2  
FIR low-pass  
FIR low-pass  
FIR low-pass  
FIR low-pass  
FIR low-pass  
FIR low-pass  
FIR low-pass  
2
2
2
2
3
3
5
0.1 × π/2  
0.2 × π/2  
0.4 × π/2  
0.8 × π/2  
0.4 × π/3  
0.8 × π/3  
0.4 × π/5  
1.9 × π/2  
1.8 × π/2  
1.6 × π/2  
1.2 ×x π/2  
1.6 × π/3  
1.2 × π/3  
1.6 × π/5  
<±0.001  
<±0.001  
<±0.001  
<±0.001  
<±0.002  
<±0.005  
<±0.001  
>100  
>100  
>100  
>100  
>100  
>100  
>100  
1
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 43 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Table 16. DDC Filter Configurations1  
Real (I) Output  
Decimation Sample  
Complex (I/Q) Outputs  
Decimation  
ADC  
Sample  
Rate  
Alias Protected  
Bandwidth  
Ideal2 SNR  
Improvement (dB)  
DDC Filter Configuration  
Ratio  
Rate  
Ratio  
Sample Rate  
fS  
HB1  
TB13  
1
fS  
2
fS/2 (I) + fS/2 (Q)  
fS/3 (I) + fS/3 (Q)  
fS/4 (I) + fS/4 (Q)  
fS/6 (I) + fS/6 (Q)  
fS/8 (I) + fS/8 (Q)  
fS/10 (I) + fS/10 (Q)  
fS/12 (I) + fS/12 (Q)  
fS/15 (I) + fS/15 (Q)  
fS/16 (I) + fS/16 (Q)  
fS/20 (I) + fS/20 (Q)  
fS/24 (I) + fS/24 (Q)  
fS/30 (I) + fS/30 (Q)  
fS/40 (I) + fS/40 (Q)  
fS/48 (I) + fS/48 (Q)  
fS/2 × 80%  
fS/3 × 80%  
fS/4 × 80%  
fS/6 × 80%  
fS/8 × 80%  
fS/10 × 80%  
fS/12 × 80%  
fS/15 × 80%  
fS/16 × 80%  
fS/20 × 80%  
fS/24 × 80%  
fS/30 × 80%  
fS/40 × 80%  
fS/48 × 80%  
1
N/A  
2
N/A  
fS/2  
fS/3  
fS/4  
fS/5  
fS/6  
N/A  
fS/8  
fS/10  
fS/12  
N/A  
fS/20  
fS/24  
3
2.7  
4
HB2 + HB1  
4
TB2 + HB1  
3
6
5.7  
7
HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
FB2 + HB1  
4
8
5
10  
12  
15  
16  
20  
24  
30  
40  
48  
8
TB2 + HB2 + HB1  
FB2 + TB14  
6
8.8  
9.7  
10  
11  
N/A  
8
HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
FB2 + HB2 + HB1  
TB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
HB2 + FB2 + TB15  
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
10  
12  
N/A  
20  
24  
11.8  
12.7  
14  
14.8  
1
N/A means not applicable.  
2
3
4
5
Ideal SNR improvement due to oversampling + filtering = 10log(bandwidth/fS/2).  
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.  
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.  
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.  
Table 17. DDC Filter Configurations (fS = 3000 MSPS)1  
Real (I) Output  
Complex (I/Q) Outputs  
Sample  
Rate  
(MSPS)  
ADC Sample  
Rate (MSPS) DDC Filter Configuration  
Decimation  
Ratio  
Alias Protected  
Bandwidth (MHz)  
Decimation Ratio  
Sample Rate (MSPS)  
3000  
HB1  
TB12  
1
3000  
N/A  
1500  
1000  
750  
600  
500  
N/A  
375  
300  
250  
N/A  
150  
125  
2
1500 (I) + 1500 (Q)  
1000 (I) + 1000 (Q)  
750 (I) + 750 (Q)  
500 (I) + 500 (Q)  
375 (I) + 375 (Q)  
300 (I) + 300 (Q)  
250 (I) + 250 (Q)  
200 (I) + 200 (Q)  
187.5 (I) + 187.5 (Q)  
150 (I) + 150 (Q)  
125 (I) + 125 (Q)  
100 (I) + 100 (Q)  
75 (I) + 75 (Q)  
1200  
800  
600  
400  
300  
240  
200  
160  
150  
120  
100  
80  
N/A  
2
3
HB2 + HB1  
4
TB2 + HB1  
3
6
HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
FB2 + HB1  
4
8
5
10  
12  
15  
16  
20  
24  
30  
40  
48  
TB2 + HB2 + HB1  
FB2 + TB13  
6
N/A  
8
HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
FB2 + HB2 + HB1  
TB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
HB2 + FB2 + TB14  
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
10  
12  
N/A  
20  
24  
60  
62.5 (I) + 62.5 (Q)  
50  
1
N/A means not applicable.  
2
3
4
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.  
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.  
TB1 is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 44 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Table 19. HB3 Filter Coefficients  
HB4 Filter Description  
HB3 Coefficient  
Number  
Normalized  
Coefficient  
Decimal Coefficient (17-  
Bit)  
The first decimate by 2, half-band, low-pass, FIR filter (HB4) uses  
an 11-tap, symmetrical, fixed coefficient filter implementation that is  
optimized for low power consumption. The HB4 filter is only used  
when complex outputs (decimate by 16) or real outputs (decimate  
by 8) are enabled. Otherwise, it is bypassed. Table 18 and Figure  
90 show the coefficients and response of the HB4 filter.  
C1, C11  
C2, C10  
C3, C9  
C4, C8  
C5, C7  
C6  
0.006637  
0
435  
0
−0.051055  
0
−3346  
0
0.294418  
0.500000  
19295  
65,536  
Table 18. HB4 Filter Coefficients  
Normalized  
Coefficient  
Decimal Coefficient (15-  
Bit)  
HB4 Coefficient Number  
C1, C11  
C2, C10  
C3, C9  
C4, C8  
C5, C7  
C6  
0.006042  
99  
0
0
−0.049377  
−809  
0
0
0.293304  
0.5  
4806  
8192  
Figure 91. HB3 Filter Response  
HB2 Filter Description  
The third decimate by 2, half-band, low-pass, FIR filter (HB2) uses  
a 19-tap, symmetrical, fixed coefficient filter implementation that  
is optimized for low power consumption. The HB2 filter is only  
used when complex or real outputs (decimate by 4, 8, or 16) is  
enabled. Otherwise, it is bypassed. Table 20 and Figure 92 show  
the coefficients and response of the HB2 filter.  
Figure 90. HB4 Filter Response  
Table 20. HB2 Filter Coefficients  
HB3 Filter Description  
HB2 Coefficient  
Number  
Normalized  
Coefficient  
Decimal Coefficient (18-  
Bit)  
The second decimate by 2, half-band, low-pass, FIR filter (HB3)  
uses an 11-tap, symmetrical, fixed coefficient filter implementation  
that is optimized for low power consumption. The HB3 filter is only  
used when complex outputs (decimate by 8 or 16) or real outputs  
(decimate by 4 or 8) are enabled. Otherwise, it is bypassed. Table  
19 and Figure 91 show the coefficients and response of the HB3  
filter.  
C1, C19  
C2, C18  
C3, C17  
C4, C16  
C5, C15  
C6, C14  
C7, C13  
C8, C12  
C9, C11  
C10  
0.000671  
88  
0
0
−0.005325  
−698  
0
0
0.022743  
2981  
0
0
−0.074180  
−9723  
0
0
0.306091  
0.5  
40120  
65536  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 45 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Table 21. HB1 Filter Coefficients  
Normalized  
Decimal Coefficient (20-  
Bit)  
HB1 Coefficient Number  
Coefficient  
C25, C39  
C26, C38  
C27, C37  
C28, C36  
C29, C35  
C30, C34  
C31, C33  
C32  
−0.036404  
−19086  
0
0
0.056866  
29814  
0
0
−0.101892  
−53421  
0
0
0.316883  
0.5  
166138  
262144  
Figure 92. HB2 Filter Response  
HB1 Filter Description  
The fourth and final decimate by 2, half-band, low-pass, FIR filter  
(HB1) uses a 63-tap, symmetrical, fixed coefficient filter implemen-  
tation that is optimized for low power consumption. The HB1 filter is  
always enabled and cannot be bypassed. Table 21 and Figure 93  
show the coefficients and response of the HB1 filter.  
Table 21. HB1 Filter Coefficients  
Normalized  
Coefficient  
Decimal Coefficient (20-  
Bit)  
HB1 Coefficient Number  
Figure 93. HB1 Filter Response  
C1, C63  
C2, C62  
C3, C61  
C4, C60  
C5, C59  
C6, C58  
C7, C57  
C8, C56  
C9, C55  
C10, C54  
C11, C53  
C12, C52  
C13, C51  
C14, C50  
C15, C49  
C16, C48  
C17, C47  
C18, C46  
C19, C45  
C20, C44  
C21, C43  
C22, C42  
C23, C41  
C24, C40  
−0.000019  
−10  
0
0
TB2 Filter Description  
0.000072  
38  
0
0
The TB2 uses a 26-tap, symmetrical, fixed coefficient filter imple-  
mentation that is optimized for low power consumption. The TB2 fil-  
ter is only used when decimation ratios of 6, 12, or 24 are required.  
Table 22 and Figure 94 show the coefficients and response of the  
TB2 filter.  
−0.000195  
−102  
0
0
0.000443  
232  
0
0
−0.000891  
−467  
Table 22. TB2 Filter Coefficients  
0
0
Normalized  
Coefficient  
Decimal Coefficient (19-  
Bit)  
0.001644  
862  
TB2 Coefficient Number  
0
0
C1, C26  
C2, C25  
C3, C24  
C4, C23  
C5, C22  
C6, C21  
C7, C20  
C8, C19  
C9, C18  
C10, C17  
C11, C16  
C12, C15  
−0.000190  
−0.000793  
−0.00113  
0.000915  
0.006290  
0.009822  
0.000915  
−0.023483  
−0.043151  
−0.019317  
0.071327  
0.201171  
−50  
−0.00284  
−1489  
208  
0
0
−298  
240  
0.004654  
2440  
0
0
1649  
2575  
240  
−0.007311  
−3833  
0
0
0.011122  
5831  
−6156  
−11312  
−5064  
18698  
52736  
0
0
−0.016554  
−8679  
0
0
0.02442  
0
12803  
0
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 46 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Table 22. TB2 Filter Coefficients  
Table 23. TB1 Filter Coefficients  
Normalized  
Coefficient  
Decimal Coefficient (19-  
Bit)  
TB1 Coefficient  
Number  
TB2 Coefficient Number  
Decimal Coefficient  
Quantized Coefficient (22-Bit)  
C13, C14  
0.297756  
78055  
21, 56  
22, 55  
23, 54  
24, 53  
25, 52  
26, 51  
27, 50  
28, 49  
29, 48  
30, 47  
31, 46  
32, 45  
33, 44  
34, 43  
35, 42  
36, 41  
37, 40  
38, 39  
−0.007410  
−0.008039  
0.000053  
0.010874  
0.013313  
0.001817  
−0.015579  
−0.021590  
−0.005603  
0.022451  
0.035774  
0.013541  
−0.034655  
−0.066549  
−0.035213  
0.071220  
0.210777  
0.309200  
−31080  
−33718  
222  
45608  
55840  
7620  
−65344  
−90556  
−23502  
94167  
150046  
56796  
−145352  
−279128  
−147694  
298720  
884064  
1296880  
Figure 94. TB2 Filter Response  
TB1 Filter Description  
The TB1 decimate by 3, low-pass, FIR filter uses a 76-tap, symmet-  
rical, fixed coefficient filter implementation. Table 23 shows the TB1  
filter coefficients, and Figure 95 shows the TB1 filter response. TB1  
is only supported in DDC0 and DDC1.  
Table 23. TB1 Filter Coefficients  
TB1 Coefficient  
Number  
Decimal Coefficient  
Quantized Coefficient (22-Bit)  
1, 96  
−0.000023  
−0.000053  
−0.000037  
0.000090  
0.000291  
0.000366  
0.000095  
−0.000463  
−0.000822  
−0.000412  
0.000739  
0.001665  
0.001132  
−0.000981  
−0.002961  
−0.002438  
0.001087  
0.004833  
0.004614  
−0.000871  
−96  
2, 75  
−224  
−156  
379  
3, 74  
4, 73  
5, 72  
1220  
6, 71  
1534  
7, 70  
398  
Figure 95. TB1 Filter Response  
8, 69  
−1940  
−3448  
−1729  
3100  
9, 68  
FB2 Filter Description  
10, 67  
11, 66  
12, 65  
13, 64  
14, 63  
15, 62  
16, 61  
17, 60  
18, 59  
19, 58  
20, 57  
The FB2 decimate by 5, low-pass, FIR filter uses a 48-tap, symmet-  
rical, fixed coefficient filter implementation. Table 24 shows the FB2  
filter coefficients, and Figure 96 shows the FB2 filter response.  
6984  
4748  
−4114  
−12418  
−10226  
4560  
Table 24. FB2 Filter Coefficients  
FB2 Coefficient  
Number  
Decimal Coefficient  
Quantized Coefficient (21-Bit)  
1, 48  
2, 47  
3, 46  
4, 45  
0.000007  
7
20272  
19352  
−3652  
−0.000004  
−0.000069  
−0.000244  
−4  
−72  
−256  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 47 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Table 24. FB2 Filter Coefficients  
DDC GAIN STAGE  
FB2 Coefficient  
Number  
Each DDC contains an independently controlled gain stage. The  
gain is selectable as either 0 dB or 6 dB. When mixing a real input  
signal down to baseband, it is recommended that the user enable  
the 6 dB of gain to recenter the dynamic range of the signal within  
the full scale of the output bits.  
Decimal Coefficient  
Quantized Coefficient (21-Bit)  
5, 44  
−0.000544  
−0.000870  
−0.000962  
−0.000448  
0.000977  
0.003237  
0.005614  
0.006714  
0.004871  
−0.001011  
−0.010456  
−0.020729  
−0.026978  
−0.023453  
−0.005608  
0.027681  
0.072720  
0.121223  
0.162346  
0.185959  
−570  
6, 43  
−912  
7, 42  
−1009  
−470  
8, 41  
When mixing a complex input signal down to baseband, the mixer  
has already recentered the dynamic range of the signal within  
the full scale of the output bits, and no additional gain is necessa-  
ry. However, the optional 6 dB gain compensates for low signal  
strengths. The downsample by 2 portion of the HB1 FIR filter is  
bypassed when using the complex to real conversion stage. The  
TB1 filter does not have the 6 dB gain stage.  
9, 40  
1024  
10, 39  
11, 38  
12, 37  
13, 36  
14, 35  
15, 34  
16, 33  
17, 32  
18, 31  
19, 30  
20, 29  
21, 28  
22, 27  
23, 26  
24, 25  
3394  
5887  
7040  
5108  
−1060  
−10964  
−21736  
−28288  
−24592  
−5880  
29026  
76252  
127112  
170232  
194992  
DDC COMPLEX TO REAL CONVERSION  
Each DDC contains an independently controlled complex to real  
conversion block. The complex to real conversion block reuses the  
last filter (HB1 FIR) in the filtering stage along with an fS/4 complex  
mixer to upconvert the signal. After upconverting the signal, the Q  
portion of the complex mixer is no longer needed and is dropped.  
The TB1 filter does not support complex to real conversion.  
Figure 97 shows a simplified block diagram of the complex to real  
conversion.  
Figure 96. FB2 Filter Response  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 48 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Figure 97. Complex to Real Conversion Block  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 49 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Table 25 shows the DDC sample mapping when the chip decima-  
tion ratio is different than the DDC decimation ratio.  
DDC MIXED DECIMATION SETTINGS  
The AD9699 also supports DDCs with different decimation rates.  
In this scenario, the chip decimation ratio must be set to the  
lowest decimation ratio of all the DDC channels. Samples of higher  
decimation ratio DDCs are repeated to match the chip decimation  
ratio sample rate. Only mixed decimation ratios that are integer  
multiples of 2 are supported. For example, decimate by 1, 2, 4, 8,  
or 16 can be mixed together, decimate by 3, 6, 12, 24, or 48 can  
be mixed together, or decimate by 5, 10, 20, or 40 can be mixed  
together.  
For example, if the chip decimation ratio is set to decimate by 4,  
DDC0 is set to use the HB2 + HB1 filters (complex outputs are  
decimate by 4) and DDC1 is set to use the HB4 + HB3 + HB2 +  
HB1 filters (real outputs are decimate by 8), then DDC1 repeats  
its output data two times for every one DDC0 output. The resulting  
output samples are shown in Table 26.  
Table 25. Sample Mapping when the Chip Decimation Ratio (DCM) Does Not Match DDC DCM  
Sample Index  
DDC DCM = Chip DCM  
DDC DCM = 2 × Chip DCM  
DDC DCM = 4 × Chip DCM  
DDC DCM = 8 × Chip DCM  
0
N
N
N
N
1
N + 1  
N
N
N
2
N + 2  
N + 1  
N + 1  
N + 2  
N + 2  
N + 3  
N + 3  
N + 4  
N + 4  
N + 5  
N + 5  
N + 6  
N + 6  
N + 7  
N + 7  
N + 8  
N + 8  
N + 9  
N + 9  
N + 10  
N + 10  
N + 11  
N + 11  
N + 12  
N + 12  
N + 13  
N + 13  
N + 14  
N + 14  
N + 15  
N + 15  
N
N
3
N + 3  
N
N
4
N + 4  
N + 1  
N + 1  
N + 1  
N + 1  
N + 2  
N + 2  
N + 2  
N + 2  
N + 3  
N + 3  
N + 3  
N + 3  
N + 4  
N + 4  
N + 4  
N + 4  
N + 5  
N + 5  
N + 5  
N + 5  
N + 6  
N + 6  
N + 6  
N + 6  
N + 7  
N + 7  
N + 7  
N + 7  
N
5
N + 5  
N
6
N + 6  
N
7
N + 7  
N
8
N + 8  
N + 1  
N + 1  
N + 1  
N + 1  
N + 1  
N + 1  
N + 1  
N + 1  
N + 2  
N + 2  
N + 2  
N + 2  
N + 2  
N + 2  
N + 2  
N + 2  
N + 3  
N + 3  
N + 3  
N + 3  
N + 3  
N + 3  
N + 3  
N + 3  
9
N + 9  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
N + 10  
N + 11  
N + 12  
N + 13  
N + 14  
N + 15  
N + 16  
N + 17  
N + 18  
N + 19  
N + 20  
N + 21  
N + 22  
N + 23  
N + 24  
N + 25  
N + 26  
N + 27  
N + 28  
N + 29  
N + 30  
N + 31  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 50 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Table 26. Chip DCM = 4, DDC0 DCM = 4 (Complex), and DDC1 DCM = 8 (Real)1  
DDC0  
DDC1  
Output Port Q  
DDC Input Samples  
Output Port I  
Output Port Q  
Output Port I  
N
I0[N]  
Q0[N]  
I1[N]  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
N + 1  
N + 2  
N + 3  
N + 4  
N + 5  
N + 6  
N + 7  
N + 8  
N + 9  
N + 10  
N + 11  
N + 12  
N + 13  
N + 14  
N + 15  
I0[N]  
Q0[N]  
I1[N]  
I0[N]  
Q0[N]  
I1[N]  
I0[N]  
Q0[N]  
I1[N]  
I0[N + 1]  
I0[N + 1]  
I0[N + 1]  
I0[N + 1]  
I0[N + 2]  
I0[N + 2]  
I0[N + 2]  
I0[N + 2]  
I0[N + 3]  
I0[N + 3]  
I0[N + 3]  
I0[N + 3]  
Q0[N + 1]  
Q0[N + 1]  
Q0[N + 1]  
Q0[N + 1]  
Q0[N + 2]  
Q0[N + 2]  
Q0[N + 2]  
Q0[N + 2]  
Q0[N + 3]  
Q0[N + 3]  
Q0[N + 3]  
Q0[N + 3]  
I1[N]  
I1[N]  
I1[N]  
I1[N]  
I1[N + 1]  
I1[N + 1]  
I1[N + 1]  
I1[N + 1]  
I1[N + 1]  
I1[N + 1]  
I1[N + 1]  
I1[N + 1]  
1
DCM means decimation.  
DDC EXAMPLE CONFIGURATIONS  
Table 27 describes the register settings for multiple DDC example configurations.  
Table 27. DDC Example Configurations (Per ADC Channel Pair)  
No. of Virtual  
Chip Application Chip Decimation DDC Output Bandwidth Per  
Converters  
Required  
Layer  
Ratio  
Type  
DDC1  
Register Settings  
Two DDCs  
4
Real  
10% × fS  
2
0x0200 = 0x22 (two DDCs, I only selected)  
0x0201 = 0x02 (chip decimate by 4)  
0x0310, 0x0330 = 0x49 (real mixer, 6 dB gain variable IF, real output, HB3  
+ HB2 + HB1 filters)  
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)  
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)  
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,  
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC0  
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,  
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC1  
Two DDCs  
4
Complex  
20% × fS  
4
0x0200 = 0x02 (two DDCs, I/Q selected)  
0x0201 = 0x02 (chip decimate by 4)  
0x0310, 0x0330 = 0x40 (real mixer, 6 dB gain, variable IF, complex output,  
HB2 + HB1 filters)  
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)  
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)  
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,  
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC0  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 51 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Table 27. DDC Example Configurations (Per ADC Channel Pair)  
Chip Application Chip Decimation DDC Output Bandwidth Per  
No. of Virtual  
Converters  
Required  
Layer  
Ratio  
Type  
DDC1  
Register Settings  
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,  
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC1  
Two DDCs  
8
Real  
5% × fS  
2
0x0200 = 0x22 (two DDCs, I only selected)  
0x0201 = 0x03 (chip decimate by 8)  
0x0310, 0x0330 = 0x4A (real mixer, 6 dB gain, variable IF, real output, HB4  
+ HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filters)  
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)  
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)  
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,  
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC0  
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,  
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC1  
Four DDCs  
8
Complex  
10% × fS  
8
0x0200 = 0x03 (four DDCs, I/Q selected)  
0x0201 = 0x03 (chip decimate by 8)  
0x0310, 0x0330, 0x0350, 0x0370 = 0x41 (real mixer, 6 dB gain, variable IF,  
complex output, HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filters)  
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)  
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)  
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC2 decimation rate selection)  
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC3 decimation rate selection)  
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,  
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC0  
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,  
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC1  
0x0356, 0x0357, 0x0358, 0x0359, 0x035A, 0x035B, 0x035D, 0x035E,  
0x035F, 0x0360, 0x0361, 0x0362 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC2  
0x0376, 0x0377, 0x0378, 0x0379, 0x037A, 0x037B, 0x037D, 0x037E,  
0x037F, 0x0380, 0x0381, 0x0382 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC3  
Four DDCs  
8
Real  
5% × fS  
4
0x0200 = 0x23 (four DDCs, I only selected)  
0x0201 = 0x03 (chip decimate by 8)  
0x0310, 0x0330, 0x0350, 0x0370 = 0x4A (real mixer, 6 dB gain, variable IF,  
real output, HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filters)  
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)  
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)  
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC2 decimation rate selection)  
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC3 decimation rate selection)  
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,  
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC0  
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,  
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC1  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 52 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL DOWNCONVERTER (DDC)  
Table 27. DDC Example Configurations (Per ADC Channel Pair)  
Chip Application Chip Decimation DDC Output Bandwidth Per  
No. of Virtual  
Converters  
Required  
Layer  
Ratio  
Type  
DDC1  
Register Settings  
0x0356, 0x0357, 0x0358, 0x0359, 0x035A, 0x035B, 0x035D, 0x035E,  
0x035F, 0x0360, 0x0361, 0x0362 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC2  
0x0376, 0x0377, 0x0378, 0x0379, 0x037A, 0x037B, 0x037D, 0x037E,  
0x037F, 0x0380, 0x0381, 0x0382 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC3  
Four DDCs  
16  
Complex  
5% × fS  
8
0x0200 = 0x03 (four DDCs, I/Q selected)  
0x0201 = 0x04 (chip decimate by 16)  
0x0310, 0x0330, 0x0350, 0x0370 = 0x42 (real mixer, 6 dB gain, variable IF,  
complex output, HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filters)  
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC0 decimation rate selection)  
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC1 decimation rate selection)  
0x0311 = 0x00 (DDC2 decimation rate selection)  
0x0331 = 0x00 (DDC3 decimation rate selection)  
0x0316, 0x0317, 0x0318, 0x0319, 0x031A, 0x031B, 0x031D, 0x031E,  
0x031F, 0x0320, 0x0321, 0x0322 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC0  
0x0336, 0x0337, 0x0338, 0x0339, 0x033A, 0x033B, 0x033D, 0x033E,  
0x033F, 0x0340, 0x0341, 0x0342 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC1  
0x0356, 0x0357, 0x0358, 0x0359, 0x035A, 0x035B, 0x035D, 0x035E,  
0x035F, 0x0360, 0x0361, 0x0362 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC2  
0x0376, 0x0377, 0x0378, 0x0379, 0x037A, 0x037B, 0x037D, 0x037E,  
0x037F, 0x0380, 0x0381, 0x0382 = FTW and POW set as required by  
application for DDC3  
1
fS is the ADC sample rate.  
DDC POWER CONSUMPTION  
Table 28 describes the typical and maximum DVDD and DRVDD1 power for certain DDC modes; fS = 3 GHz in all cases.  
Table 28. DDC Power Consumption for Example Configurations  
DVDD Power (mW)  
DRVDD1 Power (mW)  
Number of  
DDCs  
DDC Decimation  
Ratio1  
Number of  
Lanes (L)  
Number of Virtual  
Converters (M)  
Number of Octets per  
Frame (F)  
Typ  
Max  
Typ  
Max  
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
8
8
8
4
4
2
8
8
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
2
2
615  
675  
585  
590  
570  
585  
745  
755  
715  
1190  
1250  
1150  
1145  
1120  
1135  
1350  
1365  
1320  
415  
310  
250  
175  
145  
105  
415  
305  
250  
565  
435  
370  
275  
245  
205  
570  
440  
370  
3
4
6
8
12  
4
6
8
1
See Table 16 and Table 17 for details on decimation filter selection, the associated alias protected bandwidths, and SNR improvements.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 53 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
SIGNAL MONITOR  
The signal monitor block provides additional information about the  
signal being digitized by the ADC. The signal monitor computes  
the peak magnitude of the digitized signal. This information can be  
used to drive an AGC loop to optimize the range of the ADC in the  
presence of real-world signals.  
When the monitor period timer reaches a count of 1, the 13-bit  
peak level value is transferred to the signal monitor holding register,  
which can be read through the memory map or output through the  
SPORT over the JESD204B interface. The monitor period timer is  
reloaded with the value in the SMPR, and the countdown restarts.  
In addition, the magnitude of the first input sample is updated in  
the magnitude storage register, and the comparison and update  
procedure, as explained previously, continues.  
The results of the signal monitor block can be obtained either by  
reading back the internal values from the SPI port or by embedding  
the signal monitoring information into the JESD204B interface as  
separate control bits. A global, 24-bit programmable period controls  
the duration of the measurement. Figure 98 shows the simplified  
block diagram of the signal monitor block.  
To enable Signal Monitor feature:  
1. Enable signal monitoring and set SMPR accordingly.  
2. Write result update bit through SPI (register 0x274[4]). This  
would update the frame counter and the signal monitor result.  
Please see register map for more details.  
3. Read frame counter register (0x278)  
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until the frame counter register (0x278)  
read back a different value. This indicates that the signal moni-  
tor result has been updated and is ready for read back.  
5. Read signal monitor result (registers 0x275 to 0x277). The  
signal monitor result is 13 bit. Only the upper 13 bit of the 20-bit  
word read back is valid (MSB aligned).  
SPORT OVER JESD204B  
Figure 98. Signal Monitor Block  
The signal monitor data can also be serialized and sent over the  
JESD204B interface as control bits. These control bits must be  
deserialized from the samples to reconstruct the statistical data.  
The signal control monitor function is enabled by setting Bits[1:0]  
of Register 0x0279 and Bit 1 of Register 0x027A. Figure 99 shows  
two different example configurations for the signal monitor control  
bit locations inside the JESD204B samples. A maximum of three  
control bits can be inserted into the JESD204B samples. However,  
only one control bit is required for the signal monitor. Control bits  
are inserted from MSB to LSB. If only one control bit is to be  
inserted (CS = 1), only the most significant control bit is used  
(see Example Configuration 1 and Example Configuration 2 in  
Figure 99). To select the SPORT over JESD204B option, program  
Register 0x0559, Register 0x055A, and Register 0x058F. See Table  
44 for more information on setting these bits.  
The peak detector captures the largest signal within the observation  
period. The detector only observes the magnitude of the signal. The  
resolution of the peak detector is a 13-bit value, and the observa-  
tion period is 24 bits and represents converter output samples. The  
peak magnitude can be derived by using the following equation:  
Peak Magnitude (dBFS) = 20log(Peak Detector Value/213  
)
The magnitude of the input port signal is monitored over a program-  
mable time period, which is determined by the signal monitor period  
register (SMPR). The peak detector function is enabled by setting  
Bit 1 in the signal monitor control register (Register 0x0270). The  
24-bit SMPR must be programmed before activating this mode.  
After enabling peak detection mode, the value in the SMPR is load-  
ed into a monitor period timer, which decrements at the decimated  
clock rate. The magnitude of the input signal is compared with the  
value in the internal magnitude storage register (not accessible to  
the user), and the greater of the two is updated as the current peak  
level. The initial value of the magnitude storage register is set to  
the current ADC input signal magnitude. This comparison continues  
until the monitor period timer reaches a count of 1.  
Figure 100 shows the 25-bit frame data that encapsulates the peak  
detector value. The frame data is transmitted MSB first with five  
5-bit subframes. Each subframe contains a start bit that can be  
used by a receiver to validate the deserialized data. Figure 101  
shows the SPORT over JESD204B signal monitor data with a  
monitor period timer set to 80 samples.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 54 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
SIGNAL MONITOR  
Figure 99. Signal Monitor Control Bit Locations  
Figure 100. SPORT over JESD204B Signal Monitor Frame Data  
Figure 101. SPORT over JESD204B Signal Monitor Example with Period = 80 Samples  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 55 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
N is the converter resolution. AD9699 value = 7 to 16.  
CS is the number of control bits per sample.  
AD9699 value = 0, 1, 2, or 3.  
K is the number of frames per multiframe.  
AD9699 value = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, or 32.  
S is the samples transmitted per single converter per frame  
cycle. AD9699 value is set automatically based on L, M, F, and  
N΄.  
HD is the high density mode. the AD9699 mode is set automati-  
cally based on L, M, F, and N΄.  
CF is the number of control words per frame clock cycle per  
converter device. AD9699 value = 0.  
INTRODUCTION TO THE JESD204B  
INTERFACE  
The AD9699 digital outputs are designed to the JEDEC standard  
JESD204B, serial interface for data converters. JESD204B is a  
protocol to link the AD9699 to a digital processing device over a  
serial interface with lane rates of up to 16 Gbps. The benefits of  
the JESD204B interface over LVDS include a reduction in required  
board area for data interface routing and an ability to enable smaller  
packages for converter and logic devices.  
JESD204B OVERVIEW  
The JESD204B data transmit block assembles the parallel data  
from the ADC into frames and uses 8-bit/10-bit encoding as well as  
optional scrambling to form serial output data. Lane synchronization  
is supported through the use of separate control characters during  
the initial establishment of the link. Additional control characters  
are embedded in the data stream to maintain synchronization  
thereafter. A JESD204B receiver is required to complete the serial  
link. For additional details on the JESD204B interface, refer to the  
JESD204B standard.  
Figure 102 shows a simplified block diagram of the AD9699  
JESD204B link. By default, the AD9699 is configured to use  
one converter and four lanes. The converter data is output to  
SERDOUT0± and/or SERDOUT1± and/or SERDOUT2± and/or  
SERDOUT3±.  
By default in the AD9699, the 14-bit converter word is broken into  
two octets (eight bits of data). Bit 13 (MSB) through Bit 6 are  
in the first octet. The second octet contains Bit 5 through Bit 0  
(LSB) and two tail bits. The tail bits can be configured as zeros or  
as a pseudorandom number sequence. The tail bits can also be  
replaced with control bits indicating overrange, SYSREF±, or fast  
detect output.  
The AD9699 JESD204B data transmit block maps one physical  
ADC or up to eight virtual converters (when DDCs are enabled)  
over a link. A link can be configured to use one, two, four, or eight  
JESD204B lanes. The JESD204B specification refers to a number  
of parameters to define the link, and these parameters must match  
between the JESD204B transmitter (the AD9699 output) and the  
JESD204B receiver (the logic device input).  
The two resulting octets can be scrambled. Scrambling is optional.  
However, it is recommended to avoid spectral peaks when transmit-  
ting similar digital data patterns. The scrambler uses a self synchro-  
nizing, polynomial-based algorithm defined by the equation 1 +  
x14 + x15. The descrambler in the receiver is a self synchronizing  
version of the scrambler polynomial.  
The JESD204B link is described according to the following parame-  
ters:  
L is the number of lanes per converter device (lanes per link).  
AD9699 value = 1, 2, 4, or 8.  
M is the number of converters per converter device (virtual  
converters per link). AD9699 value = 1, 2, 4, or 8.  
F is the octets per frame. AD9699 value = 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16.  
N΄ is the number of bits per sample (JESD204B word size).  
AD9699 value = 8 or 16.  
The two octets are then encoded with an 8-bit/10-bit encoder. The  
8-bit/10-bit encoder works by taking eight bits of data (an octet)  
and encoding them into a 10-bit symbol. Figure 103 shows how the  
14-bit data is taken from the ADC, how the tail bits are added, how  
the two octets are scrambled, and how the octets are encoded into  
two 10-bit symbols. Figure 103 shows the default data format.  
Figure 102. Transmit Link Simplified Block Diagram Showing Full Bandwidth Mode (Register 0x0200 = 0x00)  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 56 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
Figure 103. ADC Output Datapath Showing Data Framing  
Figure 104. Data Flow  
FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW  
Physical Layer  
The block diagram in Figure 104 shows the flow of data through the  
JESD204B hardware from the sample input to the physical output.  
The processing can be divided into layers that are derived from  
the open source initiative (OSI) model widely used to describe the  
abstraction layers of communications systems. These layers are  
the transport layer, data link layer, and physical layer (serializer and  
output driver).  
The physical layer consists of the high speed circuitry clocked at  
the serial clock rate. In this layer, parallel data is converted into one,  
two, or four lanes of high speed differential serial data.  
JESD204B LINK ESTABLISHMENT  
The AD9699 JESD204B transmitter (Tx) interface operates in  
Subclass 1 as defined in the JEDEC Standard 204B (July 2011  
specification). The link establishment process is divided into the  
following steps: code group synchronization and SYNCINB±, initial  
lane alignment sequence, and user data and error correction.  
Transport Layer  
The transport layer handles packing the data (consisting of samples  
and optional control bits) into JESD204B frames that are mapped  
to 8-bit octets. These octets are sent to the data link layer. The  
transport layer mapping is controlled by rules derived from the link  
parameters. Tail bits are added to fill gaps where required. The  
following equation can be used to determine the number of tail bits  
within a sample (JESD204B word):  
Code Group Synchronization (CGS) and  
SYNCINB±  
The CGS is the process by which the JESD204B receiver finds the  
boundaries between the 10-bit symbols in the stream of data. Dur-  
ing the CGS phase, the JESD204B transmit block transmits /K28.5/  
characters. The receiver must locate /K28.5/ characters in its input  
data stream using clock and data recovery (CDR) techniques.  
T = N΄ – N – CS  
Data Link Layer  
The receiver issues a synchronization request by asserting the  
SYNCINB± pin of the AD9699 low. The JESD204B Tx then begins  
sending /K/ characters. After the receiver synchronizes, it waits for  
the correct reception of at least four consecutive /K/ symbols. It  
then deasserts SYNCINB±. The AD9699 then transmits an ILAS on  
the following LMFC boundary.  
The data link layer is responsible for the low level functions  
of passing data across the link. These functions include optionally  
scrambling the data, inserting control characters for multichip syn-  
chronization/lane alignment/monitoring, and encoding  
8-bit octets into 10-bit symbols. The data link layer is also responsi-  
ble for sending the initial lane alignment sequence (ILAS), which  
contains the link configuration data used by the receiver to verify  
the settings in the transport layer.  
For more information on the code group synchronization phase, re-  
fer to the JEDEC Standard JESD204B, July 2011, Section 5.3.3.1.  
The SYNCINB± pin operation can also be controlled by the SPI.  
The SYNCINB± signal is a differential dc-coupled LVDS mode  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 57 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
signal by default, but it can also be driven single-ended. For more  
information on configuring the SYNCINB± pin operation, refer to  
Register 0x0572.  
configuration data is to follow. All undefined data slots are filled with  
ramp data. The ILAS sequence is never scrambled.  
The ILAS sequence construction is shown in Figure 105. The four  
multiframes include the following:  
The SYNCINB± pins can also be configured to run in CMOS  
(single-ended) mode, by setting Bit 4 in Register 0x0572. When  
running SYNCINB± in CMOS mode, connect the CMOS SYNCINB  
signal to Pin N13 (SYNCINB+) and leave Pin R13 (SYNCINB−)  
floating.  
Multiframe 1 begins with an /R/ character (/K28.0/) and ends with  
an /A/ character (/K28.3/).  
Multiframe 2 begins with an /R/ character followed by a /Q/  
character (/K28.4/), followed by link configuration parameters  
over 14 configuration octets (see Table 43) and ends with an /A/  
character. Many of the parameter values are of the value − 1  
notation.  
Multiframe 3 begins with an /R/ character (/K28.0/) and ends with  
an /A/ character (/K28.3/).  
Multiframe 4 begins with an /R/ character (/K28.0/) and ends with  
an /A/ character (/K28.3/).  
Initial Lane Alignment Sequence (ILAS)  
The ILAS phase follows the CGS phase and begins on the next  
LMFC boundary. The ILAS consists of four multiframes, with an /R/  
character marking the beginning and an /A/ character marking the  
end. The ILAS begins by sending an /R/ character followed by 0  
to 255 ramp data for one multiframe. On the second multiframe,  
the link configuration data is sent, starting with the third character.  
The second character is a /Q/ character to confirm that the link  
Figure 105. Initial Lane Alignment Sequence  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 58 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
The AD9699 digital outputs can interface with custom ASICs and  
field programmable gate array (FPGA) receivers, providing superior  
switching performance in noisy environments. Single point-to-point  
network topologies are recommended with a single differential 100  
Ω termination resistor placed as close to the receiver inputs as  
possible.  
User Data and Error Detection  
After the initial lane alignment sequence is complete, the user data  
is sent. Normally, within a frame, all characters are considered user  
data. However, to monitor the frame clock and multiframe clock  
synchronization, there is a mechanism for replacing characters  
with /F/ or /A/ alignment characters when the data meets certain  
conditions. These conditions are different for unscrambled and  
scrambled data. The scrambling operation is enabled by default.  
However, it can be disabled using the SPI.  
If there is no far end receiver termination, or if there is poor  
differential trace routing, timing errors can result. To avoid such  
timing errors, it is recommended that the trace length be less than  
six inches, and that the differential output traces be close together  
and at equal lengths.  
For scrambled data, any 0xFC character at the end of a frame  
is replaced by an /F/, and any 0x7C character at the end of a multi-  
frame is replaced by an /A/. The JESD204B receiver (Rx) checks  
for /F/ and /A/ characters in the received data stream and verifies  
that they only occur in the expected locations. If an unexpected /F/  
or /A/ character is found, the receiver handles the situation by using  
dynamic realignment or asserting the SYNCINB± signal for more  
than four frames to initiate a resynchronization. For unscrambled  
data, if the final character of two subsequent frames is equal, the  
second character is replaced with an /F/ if it is at the end of a frame,  
and an /A/ if it is at the end of a multiframe.  
Figure 106 to Figure 108 show examples of the digital output  
data eye, jitter histogram, and bathtub curve, respectively, for one  
AD9699 lane running at 16 Gbps. The format of the output data is  
twos complement by default. To change the output data format, see  
Memory Map section (Register 0x0561) for more details.  
Insertion of alignment characters can be modified using the SPI.  
The frame alignment character insertion (FACI) is enabled by  
default. More information on the link controls is available in the  
Memory Map section, Register 0x0571.  
Figure 106. Digital Outputs Data Eye, External 100 Ω Terminations at 16 Gbps  
8-Bit/10-Bit Encoder  
The 8-bit/10-bit encoder converts 8-bit octets into 10-bit symbols  
and inserts control characters into the stream when needed. The  
control characters used in JESD204B are shown in Table 43. The  
8-bit/10-bit encoding ensures that the signal is dc balanced by  
using the same number of ones and zeros across multiple symbols.  
The 8-bit/10-bit interface has options that can be controlled via the  
SPI. These operations include bypass and invert. These options  
are troubleshooting tools for the verification of the digital front end  
(DFE). See the Memory Map section, Register 0x0572, Bits[2:1] for  
information on configuring the 8-bit/10-bit encoder.  
Figure 107. Digital Outputs Jitter Histogram, External 100 Ω Terminations at  
16 Gbps  
PHYSICAL LAYER (DRIVER) OUTPUTS  
Digital Outputs, Timing, and Controls  
The AD9699 physical layer consists of drivers that are defined in  
the JEDEC Standard JESD204B, July 2011. The differential digital  
outputs are powered up by default. The drivers use a dynamic  
100 Ω internal termination to reduce unwanted reflections.  
Figure 108. Digital Outputs Bathtub Curve, External 100 Ω Terminations at 16  
Gbps  
Place a 100 Ω differential termination resistor at each receiver input  
to result in a nominal 0.85 × DRVDD1 V p-p swing at the receiver.  
The swing is adjustable through the SPI registers. AC coupling is  
recommended to connect to the receiver. See the Memory Map  
section (Register 0x05C0 to Register 0x05C3) for more details.  
De-Emphasis  
De-emphasis enables the receiver eye diagram mask to be met  
in conditions where the interconnect insertion loss does not meet  
the JESD204B specification. Use the de-emphasis feature only  
when the receiver is unable to recover the clock due to excessive  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 59 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
insertion loss. Under normal conditions, it is disabled to conserve  
power. Additionally, enabling and setting too high a de-emphasis  
value on a short link can cause the receiver eye diagram to fail.  
Use the de-emphasis setting with caution because it can increase  
electromagnetic interference (EMI). See the Memory Map section  
(Register 0x05C4 to Register 0x05CB) for more details.  
L = 4  
M = 1  
F = 2  
S = 4  
N’ = 16  
N = 16  
CS = 0  
CF = 0  
HD = 0  
Phase-Locked Loop (PLL)  
The PLL generates the serializer clock, which operates at the  
JESD204B lane rate. The status of the PLL lock can be checked in  
the PLL locked status bit (Register 0x056F, Bit 7). This read only bit  
notifies the user if the PLL achieved a lock for the specific setup.  
Register 0x056F also has a loss of lock (LOL) sticky bit (Bit 3) that  
notifies the user that a loss of lock is detected. The sticky bit can  
be reset by issuing a JESD204B link restart (Register 0x0571 =  
0x15, followed by Register 0x0571 = 0x14). Refer to Table 30 for  
the reinitialization of the link following a link power cycle.  
In fS × 4 mode, five 12-bit ADC samples (along with an extra 4 bits)  
are packed into four 16-bit JESD204B samples to create a 64-bit  
frame.  
The following SPI writes are necessary to place the device in fS × 4  
mode:  
Register 0x0570 = 0xFD. This setting places the device in M = 1,  
L = 4, fS × 4 mode.  
Register 0x058F = 0x0F. This setting places the device CS = 0,  
N’ = 16 mode.  
The JESD204B lane rate control, Bits[7:4] of Register 0x056E, must  
be set to correspond with the lane rate. Table 29 shows the lane  
rates supported by the AD9699 using Register 0x056E.  
Register 0x0590 = 0x2F. This setting places the device in Sub-  
class 1 mode, N = 16.  
Table 29. AD9699 Register 0x056E Supported Lane Rates  
Value  
Lane Rate  
Register 0x56E must be set based on lane rate. For example, at  
3 GSPS, the lane rate in fS × 4 mode is 12 Gbps. Register 0x56E  
= 0x00.  
The lane rate of fS × 4 mode can be calculated using the  
following equation.  
0x00  
0x10  
0x30  
0x50  
Lane rate = 6.75 Gbps to 13.5 Gbps  
Lane rate = 3.375 Gbps to 6.75 Gbps  
Lane rate = 13.5 Gbps to 15.5 Gbps (default for AD9699)  
Lane rate = 1.6875 Gbps to 3.375 Gbps  
FS × 4 MODE  
10  
8
M × N′ ×  
× f  
S
Lane Rate fS × 4 mode =  
×
L
fS × 4 mode adds a separate packing mode on top of a JESD204B  
transmitter/receiver to fix the serial lane rate at four times the  
sample rate (fS).  
data packing ratio  
The JESD204B link settings are  
where fS × 4 data packing ratio = 4/5  
L = 4  
M = 1  
F = 2  
S = 5  
N’ = 12  
N = 12  
CS = 0  
CF = 2  
HD = 1  
In the AD9699, M = 1 and N‘ = 16  
Lane Rate (fS × 4 mode) = 1 × 16 × (10/8) × fS × 4/5/L = fS × 16/L  
For example:  
fS = 3 GSPS, L = 4  
Lane Rate = 3 × 16/4 = 12 Gbps  
The transmit architecture of fS × 4 mode is shown in Figure 109 and  
the receive portion is shown in Figure 110. fS × 4 mode only works  
in full bandwidth mode (Register 0x0200 = 0x00).  
However, CF = 2 is not supported by the design. Therefore, the  
following link parameters are used along with separate packing:  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 60 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
Figure 109. fS × 4 Mode (Transmit)  
Figure 110. fS × 4 Mode (Receive)  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 61 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
If the internal DDCs are used for on-chip digital processing, M  
SETTING UP THE AD9699 DIGITAL INTERFACE  
represents the number of virtual converters. The virtual converter  
mapping setup is shown in Figure 76.  
To ensure proper operation of the AD9699 at startup, some SPI  
writes are required to initialize the link. Additionally, these registers  
must be written every time the ADC is reset. Any one of the  
following resets warrants the initialization routine for the digital  
interface:  
The maximum lane rate allowed by the AD9699 is 16 Gbps. The  
lane rate is related to the JESD204B parameters using the following  
equation:  
10  
8
L
Hard reset, as with power-up.  
Power-up using the PDWN pin.  
M × N′ ×  
× f  
OUT  
Lane Rate =  
Power-up using the SPI via Register 0x0002, Bits[1:0].  
SPI soft reset by setting Register 0x0000 = 0x81.  
Datapath soft reset by setting Register 0x0001 = 0x02.  
JESD204B link power cycle by setting Register 0x0571 = 0x15,  
then 0x14.  
f
ADC_CLOCK  
where fOUT  
=
Decimation Ratio  
The decimation ratio (DCM) is the parameter programmed in Regis-  
ter 0x201.  
Use the following procedure to configure the output:  
The initialization SPI writes are as shown in Table 30.  
1. Power down the link.  
Table 30. AD9699 JESD204B Initialization  
2. Select the JESD204B link configuration options.  
3. Configure the detailed options.  
4. Set output lane mapping (optional).  
5. Set additional driver configuration options (optional).  
6. Power up the link.  
Register  
Value  
Comment  
0x1228  
0x1228  
0x1222  
0x1222  
0x1222  
0x1262  
0x1262  
0x4F  
0x0F  
0x00  
0x04  
0x00  
0x08  
0x00  
Reset JESD204B start-up circuit  
JESD204B start-up circuit in normal operation  
JESD204B PLL force normal operation  
Reset JESD204B PLL calibration  
JESD204B PLL normal operation  
Clear loss of lock bit  
7. Initialize the JESD204B link by issuing the commands descri-  
bed in Table 30.  
If the lane rate calculated is less than 6.25 Gbps, select the low  
lane rate option by programming a value of 0x10 to Regis-  
ter 0x056E.  
Loss of lock bit normal operation  
The AD9699 has one JESD204B link. The serial outputs (SERD-  
OUT0± to SERDOUT7±) are considered to be part of one  
JESD204B link. The basic parameters that determine the link setup  
are  
Table 31, Table 32, and Table 33 show the JESD204B output con-  
figurations supported for N΄ = 16, N' = 12, and N΄ = 8, respectively,  
for a given number of virtual converters. Take care to ensure that  
the serial lane rate for a given configuration is within the supported  
range of 3.4 Gbps to 16 Gbps.  
Number of lanes per link (L)  
Number of converters per link (M)  
Number of octets per frame (F)  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 62 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
Table 31. JESD204B Output Configurations for N΄ = 161  
Number of  
Virtual  
Supported Decimation Rates  
JESD204B Transport Layer Settings3  
Converters  
Supported  
(Same as M)  
JESD204B Lane Rate =  
Serial Lane 1.7 Gbps to  
Lane Rate =  
3.4 Gbps to  
6.8 Gbps  
Lane Rate =  
6.8 Gbps to  
13.6 Gbps  
Lane Rate =  
13.6 Gbps to  
15.5 Gbps  
Rate2  
3.4 Gbps  
L
M
F
S
HD  
N
N'  
CS  
K
1
20 × fOUT  
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
20, 24 10, 12  
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1
1
2
1
0
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
0 to See  
3
Note 4  
20 × fOUT  
10 × fOUT  
10 × fOUT  
5 × fOUT  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1
2
2
4
4
8
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
1
2
1
2
1
2
4
2
1
2
2
4
4
8
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0 to See  
20, 24  
10, 12  
3
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,  
10, 12  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
1, 2  
1
0 to See  
3
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,  
10, 12  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
1, 2, 3, 4  
0 to See  
3
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
1, 2  
1
0 to See  
3
Note4  
5 × fOUT  
1
0 to See  
3
Note4  
2.5 × fOUT  
2.5 × fOUT  
40 × fOUT  
0 to See  
3
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
1
0 to See  
3
Note4  
2
4, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10,  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
10, 12, 15, 16  
0 to See  
20, 24, 30, 40, 48  
12, 15, 16, 20,  
24, 30  
3
Note4  
40 × fOUT  
4, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10,  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
10, 12, 15, 16  
1
2
8
2
0
8 to 16 16  
0 to See  
3
20, 24, 30, 40, 48  
12, 15, 16, 20,  
24, 30  
Note4  
20 × fOUT  
20 × fOUT  
10 × fOUT  
10 × fOUT  
5 × fOUT  
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
15, 16, 20, 24, 30 10, 12, 15, 16  
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4  
2
2
4
4
8
8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
4
0
0
1
0
1
0
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
0 to See  
3
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4  
0 to See  
15, 16, 20, 24, 30  
10, 12, 15, 16  
3
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,  
10, 12, 15, 16  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
1, 2  
1, 2  
1
0 to See  
3
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,  
10, 12, 15, 16  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4  
0 to See  
3
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
0 to See  
3
Note4>  
5 × fOUT  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
1
0 to See  
3
Note4  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 63 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
Table 31. JESD204B Output Configurations for N΄ = 161  
Number of  
Virtual  
Supported Decimation Rates  
JESD204B Transport Layer Settings3  
Converters  
Supported  
(Same as M)  
JESD204B Lane Rate =  
Serial Lane 1.7 Gbps to  
Lane Rate =  
3.4 Gbps to  
6.8 Gbps  
Lane Rate =  
6.8 Gbps to  
13.6 Gbps  
Lane Rate =  
13.6 Gbps to  
15.5 Gbps  
Rate2  
3.4 Gbps  
L
M
F
S
HD  
N
N'  
CS  
K
4
80 × fOUT  
8, 16, 20, 24, 30,  
40, 48  
4, 8, 10, 12, 16,  
20, 24, 30, 40, 48 16, 20, 24, 30  
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10,  
1
4
8
1
0
8 to 16 16  
0 to See  
3
12, 16  
Note4  
40 × fOUT  
40 × fOUT  
4, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10,  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
10, 12, 15, 16  
2
2
4
4
4
8
1
2
0
0
8 to 16 16  
0 to See  
3
20, 24, 30, 40, 48  
12, 15, 16, 20,  
24, 30  
Note4  
4, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10,  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
10, 12, 15, 16  
8 to 16 16  
0 to See  
20, 24, 30, 40, 48  
12, 15, 16, 20,  
24, 30  
3
Note4  
20 × fOUT  
20 × fOUT  
10 × fOUT  
10 × fOUT  
160 × fOUT  
80 × fOUT  
40 × fOUT  
40 × fOUT  
20 × fOUT  
20 × fOUT  
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
15, 16, 20, 24, 30 10, 12, 15, 16  
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
4
4
8
8
1
2
4
4
8
8
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
2
4
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
8 to 16 16  
0 to See  
3
Note4  
0 to See  
15, 16, 20, 24, 30  
10, 12, 15, 16  
3
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,  
10, 12, 15, 16  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1
0 to See  
3
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,  
10, 12, 15, 16  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8  
1, 2  
2
0 to See  
3
Note4  
8
16, 40, 48  
8, 16, 20, 24, 40, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20,  
4, 8, 12, 16, 20,  
24  
16  
8
0 to See  
48  
24, 40, 48  
3
Note4  
8, 16, 20, 24, 40,  
48  
4, 8, 10, 12, 16,  
20, 24, 40, 48  
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10,  
16, 20, 24 12, 16  
0 to See  
3
Note4  
4, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8  
24, 40, 48 16, 20, 24 16  
4, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8  
4
0 to See  
3
Note4  
8
0 to See  
24, 40, 48  
16, 20, 24  
16  
3
Note4  
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,  
16, 20, 24  
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8  
16  
2, 4  
2, 4  
2
0 to See  
3
Note4  
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,  
16, 20, 24  
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, 6, 8  
16  
4
0 to See  
3
Note4  
1
Due to the internal clock requirements, only certain decimation rates are supported for certain link parameters.  
2
fADC_CLK is the ADC sample rate, DCM = chip decimation ratio, fOUT is the output sample rate = fADC_CLK/DCM, SLR is the JESD204B serial lane rate. The following  
equations must be met due to internal clock divider requirements: SLR ≥ 1.6875 Gbps and SLR ≤ 15.5 Gbps, SLR/40 ≤ fADC_CLK, least common multiple (20 × DCM ×  
fOUT/SLR, DCM) ≤ 64. When the SLR is ≤ 15500 Mbps and > 13500 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x30. When the SLR is ≤ 13500 Mbps and ≥ 6750 Mbps,  
Register 0x056E must be set to 0x00. When the SLR is < 6750 Mbps and ≥ 3375 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x10. When the SLR is < 3375 Mbps and ≥ 1687.5  
Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x50.  
3
4
JESD204B transport layer descriptions are as follows: L is the number of lanes per converter device (lanes per link), M is the number of virtual converters per converter  
device (virtual converters per link), F is the octets per frame, S is the samples transmitted per virtual converter per frame cycle, HD is the high density mode, N is the virtual  
converter resolution (in bits), N' is the total number of bits per sample (JESD204B word size), CS is the number of control bits per conversion sample, and K is the number  
of frames per multiframe.  
Only valid K × F values that are divisible by 4 are supported: for F = 1, K = 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 2, K = 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 4, K = 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F =  
8, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, and for F = 16, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 64 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
Table 32. JESD204B Output Configurations (N' = 12)1  
Number of  
Virtual  
Supported Decimation Rates  
JESD204B Transport Layer Settings3  
Converters  
Supported  
(Same Value as Lane  
JESD204B  
Serial  
Lane Rate =  
1.7 Gbps to  
3.4 Gbps  
Lane Rate =  
3.4 Gbps to  
6.8 Gbps  
Lane Rate =  
6.8 Gbps to  
13.5 Gbps  
Lane Rate =  
13.5 Gbps  
to 15.5 Gbps  
M)  
Rate2  
L
M
F
S
HD  
N
N'  
12  
CS  
K
1
15 × fOUT  
7.5 × fOUT  
7.5 × fOUT  
5 × fOUT  
3, 6, 12  
3, 6  
3, 6, 12  
3, 6  
3, 6  
3
1
1
3
2
0
8 to 12  
8 to 12  
8 to 12  
8 to 12  
8 to 12  
8 to 12  
8 to 12  
0 to 3  
0 to 3  
0 to 3  
0 to 3  
0 to 3  
0 to 3  
0 to 3  
See Note 4  
See Note4  
See Note4  
See Note4  
See Note4  
See Note4  
See Note4  
2
2
3
1
2
3
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
6
1
3
3
1
4
8
2
1
2
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
3, 6  
3, 6  
3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
3, 6, 12  
3, 6  
1
2
4
30 × fOUT  
15 × fOUT  
10 × fOUT  
3, 6, 12, 24  
3, 6, 12  
3, 6, 12, 24  
3, 6, 12  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
8, 10, 12, 16  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
7.5 × fOUT  
60 × fOUT  
30 × fOUT  
20 × fOUT  
3, 6  
3, 6  
3
4
1
2
3
2
4
4
4
3
6
3
2
4
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
8 to 12  
8 to 12  
8 to 12  
8 to 12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
0 to 3  
0 to 3  
0 to 3  
0 to 3  
See Note4  
See Note4  
See Note4  
See Note4  
6, 12, 24, 48  
3, 6, 12, 24  
3, 6, 12, 24, 48  
3, 6, 12, 24  
3, 6, 12, 24  
3, 6, 12  
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
12, 16, 20, 24  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,  
6, 8  
1, 2, 3, 4  
8, 10, 12, 16  
15 × fOUT  
60 × fOUT  
30 × fOUT  
3, 6, 12  
3, 6, 12  
3, 6  
4
2
4
4
8
8
3
6
3
2
1
1
0
0
0
8 to 12  
8 to 12  
8 to 12  
12  
12  
12  
0 to 3  
0 to 3  
0 to 3  
See Note4  
See Note4  
See Note4  
8
6, 12, 24, 48  
6, 12, 24  
6, 12, 24, 48  
6, 12, 24  
6, 12, 24  
6, 12  
1
Due to the internal clock requirements, only certain decimation rates are supported for certain link parameters.  
2
fADC_CLK is the ADC sample rate, DCM is the chip decimation ratio, fOUT is the output sample rate = fADC_CLK/DCM, SLR is the JESD204B serial lane rate. The following  
equations must be met due to internal clock divider requirements: SLR ≥ 1.6875 Gbps and SLR ≤ 15.5 Gbps, SLR/40 ≤ fADC_CLK, least common multiple (20 × DCM ×  
fOUT/SLR, DCM) ≤ 64. When the SLR is ≤ 15500 Mbps and > 13500 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x30. When the SLR is ≤ 13500 Mbps and ≥ 6750 Mbps,  
Register 0x056E must be set to 0x00. When the SLR is < 6750 Mbps and ≥ 3375 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x10. When the SLR is < 3375 Mbps and ≥ 1687.5  
Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x50.  
3
4
JESD204B transport layer descriptions are as follows: L is the number of lanes per converter device (lanes per link), M is the number of virtual converters per converter  
device (virtual converters per link), F is the octets per frame, S is the samples transmitted per virtual converter per frame cycle, HD is the high density mode, N is the virtual  
converter resolution (in bits), N' is the total number of bits per sample (JESD204B word size), CS is the number of control bits per conversion sample, and K is the number  
of frames per multiframe.  
Only valid K × F values that are divisible by 4 are supported: for F = 1, K = 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 2, K = 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 4, K = 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F =  
8, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, and for F = 16, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 65 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
Table 33. JESD204B Output Configurations for N΄ = 8 1  
Number of  
Virtual  
Supported Decimation Rates  
JESD204B Transport Layer Settings3  
Converters  
Supported  
(Same Value as Lane  
JESD204B  
Serial  
Lane Rate =  
1.7 Gbps to  
3.4 Gbps  
Lane Rate =  
3.4 Gbps to  
6.8 Gbps  
Lane Rate =  
6.8 Gbps to  
13.5 Gbps  
Lane Rate =  
13.5 Gbps to  
15.5 Gbps  
M)  
Rate2  
L
M
F
S
HD  
N
N'  
CS  
K
1
10 × fOUT  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
8, 10, 12  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4  
8
1, 2  
1, 2  
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7 to 8  
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
0 to 1  
See Note  
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
10 × fOUT  
5 × fOUT  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
8, 10, 12  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4  
8
2
1
2
4
1
2
2
2
2
4
8
4
8
1
7 to 8  
7 to 8  
7 to 8  
7 to 8  
7 to 8  
7 to 8  
7 to 8  
0 to 1  
0 to 1  
0 to 1  
0 to 1  
0 to 1  
0 to 1  
0 to 1  
See  
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
8
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
1, 2  
1, 2  
1, 2  
1
See  
Note4  
5 × fOUT  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
8
1
See  
Note4  
5 × fOUT  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
8
1
See  
Note4  
2.5 × fOUT  
2.5 × fOUT  
20 × fOUT  
1, 2, 3, 4  
See  
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
1
See  
Note4  
2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4  
12, 15, 16, 20,  
24, 30  
See  
8, 10, 12, 15,  
16  
8
Note4  
2
2
10 × fOUT  
10 × fOUT  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
8, 10, 12, 15,  
16  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4  
8
1, 2  
1, 2  
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
0
0
7 to 8  
7 to 8  
8
8
0 to 1  
0 to 1  
See  
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
8, 10, 12, 15,  
16  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4  
8
See  
Note4  
2
2
2
5 × fOUT  
5 × fOUT  
5 × fOUT  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
8
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2, 3, 4  
1, 2  
1, 2  
1, 2  
1
1
1
4
4
4
2
2
2
1
2
4
2
4
8
0
0
0
7 to 8  
7 to 8  
7 to 8  
8
8
8
0 to 1  
0 to 1  
0 to 1  
See  
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
8
See  
Note4  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,  
8
See  
Note4  
1
Due to the internal clock requirements, only certain decimation rates are supported for certain link parameters.  
2
fADC_CLK is the ADC sample rate, DCM is the chip decimation ratio, fOUT is the output sample rate = fADC_CLK/DCM, SLR is the JESD204B serial lane rate. The following  
equations must be met due to internal clock divider requirements: SLR ≥ 1.6875 Gbps and SLR ≤ 15.5 Gbps, SLR/40 ≤ fADC_CLK, least common multiple (20 × DCM ×  
fOUT/SLR, DCM) ≤ 64. When the SLR is ≤ 15500 Mbps and > 13500 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x30. When the SLR is ≤ 13500 Mbps and ≥ 6750 Mbps,  
Register 0x056E must be set to 0x00. When the SLR is < 6750 Mbps and ≥ 3375 Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x10. When the SLR is < 3375 Mbps and ≥ 1687.5  
Mbps, Register 0x056E must be set to 0x50.  
3
4
JESD204B transport layer descriptions are as follows: L is the number of lanes per converter device (lanes per link), M is the number of virtual converters per converter  
device (virtual converters per link), F is the octets per frame, S is the samples transmitted per virtual converter per frame cycle, HD is the high density mode, N is the virtual  
converter resolution (in bits), N' is the total number of bits per sample (JESD204B word size), CS is the number of control bits per conversion sample, and K is the number  
of frames per multiframe.  
Only valid K × F values that are divisible by 4 are supported: for F = 1, K = 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 2, K = 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F = 4, K = 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, for F =  
8, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, and for F = 16, K = 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 66 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DIGITAL OUTPUTS  
Example 1—Full Bandwidth Mode  
Example 2—ADC with DDC Option (One ADCs  
Plus Two DDCs)  
Figure 112. One ADCs Plus Two DDCs Mode (L = 2, M = 4, F = 4, S = 1)  
This example shows the flexibility in the digital and lane configu-  
rations for theAD9699. The sample rate is 3 GSPS. However,  
the outputs are all combined in either two or four lanes, depending  
on the input/output speed capability of the receiving device.  
Figure 111. Full Bandwidth Mode  
The AD9699 is set up as shown in Figure 111, with the following  
configurations:  
The AD9699 is set up as shown in Figure 112, with the following  
configurations:  
One 14-bit converter at 3 GSPS.  
Full bandwidth application layer mode.  
Decimation filters bypassed.  
One 14-bit converters at 3 GSPS.  
Two DDC application layer mode with complex outputs (I/Q).  
Chip decimation ratio = 8.  
The JESD204B output configuration is as follows:  
DDC decimation ratio = 8 (see Table 44).  
One virtual converter required (see Table 31).  
Output sample rate (fOUT) = 3000/1 = 3000 MSPS.  
The JESD204B output configuration is as follows:  
Four virtual converters required (see Table 31).  
Output sample rate (fOUT) = 3000/8 = 375 MSPS.  
The JESD204B supported output configurations are as follows (see  
Table 31):  
The JESD204B supported output configurations are as follows (see  
Table 31):  
N΄ = 16 bits.  
N = 14 bits.  
L = 4, M = 1, and F = 1.  
CS = 0.  
N΄ = 16 bits.  
N = 14 bits .  
L = 2, M = 4, and F = 4, or L = 4, M = 4, and F = 2.  
CS = 0.  
K = 32.  
K = 32.  
Output serial lane rate = 15 Gbps per lane.  
The PLL control register, Register 0x056E, is set to 0x30.  
Output serial lane rate = 15 Gbps per lane (L = 2) or 7.5 Gbps  
per lane (L = 4).  
For L = 2, set the PLL control register, Register 0x056E, to 0x30.  
For L = 4, set the PLL control register, Register 0x056E, to 0x00.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 67 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DETERMINISTIC LATENCY  
Both ends of the JESD204B link contain various clock domains  
distributed throughout each system. Data traversing from one clock  
domain to a different clock domain can lead to ambiguous delays  
in the JESD204B link. These ambiguities lead to non-repeatable  
latencies across the link from one power cycle or link reset to the  
next. Section 6 of the JESD204B specification addresses the issue  
of deterministic latency with mechanisms defined as Subclass 1  
and Subclass 2.  
Figure 113. SYSREF and LMFC  
Setting Deterministic Latency Registers  
The AD9699 supports JESD204B Subclass 0 and Subclass 1  
operation. Register 0x0590, Bits[7:5] set the subclass mode for  
the AD9699 and its default is set for Subclass 1 operating mode  
(Register 0x0590, Bit 5 = 1). If deterministic latency is not a  
system requirement, Subclass 0 operation is recommended and the  
SYSREF signal may not be required. Even in Subclass 0 mode, the  
SYSREF signal may be required in an application where multiple  
AD9699 devices must be synchronized with each other. This topic  
is addressed in the Timestamp Mode section.  
The JESD204B receiver in the logic device buffers data starting  
on the LMFC boundary. If the total link latency in the system is  
near an integer multiple of the LMFC period, it is possible that from  
one power cycle to the next, the data arrival time at the receive  
buffer may straddle an LMFC boundary. To ensure deterministic  
latency in this case, a phase adjustment of the LMFC at either the  
transmitter or receiver must be performed. Typically, adjustments  
to accommodate the receive buffer are made to the LMFC of the  
receiver. Alternatively, this adjustment can be made in the AD9699  
using the LMFC offset register (Register 0x0578, Bits[4:0]). This  
delays the LMFC in frame clock increments, depending on the F  
parameter (number of octets per lane per frame). For F = 1, every  
fourth setting (0, 4, 8, and so on) is valid and results in a four  
frame clock shift. For F = 2, every other setting (0, 2, 4, and so  
on) is valid and results in a two frame clock shift. For all other  
values of F, each setting results in a one frame clock shift. Figure  
114 shows that, when the link latency is near an LMFC boundary,  
the local LMFC of the AD9699 can be adjusted to delay the data  
arrival time at the receiver. Figure 115 shows how the LMFC of  
the receiver is delayed to accommodate the receive buffer timing.  
Consult the applicable JESD204B receiver user guide for details  
on making this adjustment. If the total latency in the system is not  
near an integer multiple of the LMFC period or if the appropriate  
adjustments have been made to the LMFC phase at the clock  
source, it is still possible to have variable latency from one power  
cycle to the next. By design, the AD9699 has circuitry in place to  
minimize this variation from power-up to power-up. In this case, the  
user must check for the possibility that the setup and hold time  
requirements for the SYSREF signal are not being met, by reading  
the SYSREF setup/hold monitor register (Register 0x0128). This  
function is described in the SYSREF± Setup/Hold Window Monitor  
section.  
SUBCLASS 0 OPERATION  
If there is no requirement for multichip synchronization while operat-  
ing in Subclass 0 mode (Register 0x0590, Bits[7:5]= 0),  
the SYSREF input can be left disconnected. In this mode, the  
relationship of the JESD204B clocks between the JESD204B trans-  
mitter and receiver are arbitrary but does not affect the ability of the  
receiver to capture and align the lanes within the link.  
SUBCLASS 1 OPERATION  
The JESD204B protocol organizes data samples into octets,  
frames, and multiframes as described in the Transport Layer  
section. The LMFC is synchronous with the beginnings of these  
multiframes. In Subclass 1 operation, the SYSREF is used to  
synchronize the LMFCs for each device in a link or across multiple  
links (within the AD9699, SYSREF also synchronizes the internal  
sample dividers), as shown in Figure 113. The JESD204B receiver  
uses the multiframe boundaries and buffering to achieve consistent  
latency across lanes (or even multiple devices), and also to achieve  
a fixed latency between power cycles and link reset conditions.  
Deterministic Latency Requirements  
Several key factors are required for achieving deterministic latency  
in a JESD204B Subclass 1 system.  
If reading Register 0x0128 indicates there may be a timing prob-  
lem, there are a few adjustments that can made in the AD9699.  
Changing the SYSREF level that is used for alignment is possible  
using the SYSREF transition select bit (Register 0x0120, Bit 4).  
Also, changing which edge of CLK is used to capture SYSREF  
can be done using the CLK edge select bit (Register 0x0120, Bit  
3). Both of these options are described in the SYSREF Control  
Features section. If neither of these measures helps to achieve an  
acceptable setup and hold time, adjusting the phase of SYSREF  
and/or the device clock (CLK±) may be required.  
SYSREF± signal distribution skew within the system must be  
less than the desired uncertainty for the system.  
SYSREF± setup and hold time requirements must be met for  
each device in the system.  
The total latency variation across all lanes, links, and devices  
must be ≤1 LMFC periods (see Figure 113). This includes both  
variable delays and the variation in fixed delays from lane to  
lane, link to link, and device to device in the system.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 68 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
DETERMINISTIC LATENCY  
Figure 114. Adjusting the JESD204B Tx LMFC in the AD9699  
Figure 115. Adjusting the JESD204B Rx LMFC in the Logic Device  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 69 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION  
The flowchart in Figure 117 shows the internal mechanism for  
multichip synchronization in the AD9699. There are two methods  
by which multichip synchronization can take place, as determined  
by the chip synchronization mode bit (Register 0x01FF, Bit 0). Each  
method involves different applications of the SYSREF signal.  
0x01FF, Bit 0) is set to 1, the timestamp method is used for  
synchronization of multiple channels and/or devices. In this mode,  
SYSREF resets the sample dividers and the JESD204B clocking.  
When the chip sync mode is set to 1, the clocks are not reset.  
Instead, the coinciding sample is timestamped using the JESD204B  
control bits of that sample. To operate in timestamp mode, these  
additional settings are necessary:  
NORMAL MODE  
The default state of the chip synchronization mode bit is 0,  
Continuous or N-shot SYSREF must be enabled (Regis-  
ter 0x0120, Bits[2:1] = 1 or 2).  
At least one control bit must be enabled (Register 0x058F,  
Bits[7:6] = 1, 2, or 3).  
Set the function for one of the control bits to SYSREF:  
Register 0x0559, Bits[3:0] = 5 if using Control Bit 0.  
Register 0x0559, Bits[7:4] = 5 if using Control Bit 1.  
Register 0x055A, Bits[3:0] = 5 if using Control Bit 2.  
which configures the AD9699 for normal chip synchronization. The  
JESD204B standard specifies the use of SYSREF to provide for  
deterministic latency within a single link. This same concept, when  
applied to a system with multiple converters and logic devices  
can also provide multichip synchronization. In Figure 117, this is  
referred to as normal mode. Following the process in the flowchart  
ensures that the AD9699 is configured appropriately. The user must  
also consult the logic devices user intellectual property (IP) guide to  
ensure that the JESD204B receivers are configured appropriately.  
Figure 116 shows how the input sample coincident with SYSREF  
is timestamped and ultimately output of the ADC. In this example,  
there are two control bits, and Control Bit 0 is the bit indicating  
which sample was coincident with the SYSREF rising edge. Note  
that the pipeline latencies for each channel are identical. If so  
desired, the SYSREF timestamp delay register (Register 0x0123)  
can be used to adjust the timing of which sample is time stamped.  
TIMESTAMP MODE  
For all AD9699 full bandwidth operating modes, the SYSREF input  
can also be used to timestamp samples. This is another method by  
which multiple channels and multiple devices can achieve synchro-  
nization. This method is especially effective when synchronizing  
multiple devices to one or more logic devices. The logic devices  
buffer the data streams, identify the timestamped samples, and  
align them. When the chip synchronization mode bit (Register  
Note that time stamping is not supported by any AD9699 operating  
modes that use decimation, or in fS × 4 mode.  
Figure 116. AD9699 Timestamping Example—CS = 2 (Register 0x058F, Bits[7:6] = 2), Control Bit 0 is SYSREF (Register 0x0559, Bits[3:0] = 5)  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 70 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION  
Figure 117. SYSREF Capture Scenarios and Multichip Synchronization  
to divide by 8, the minimum pulse width is 16 CLK± cycles). When  
using a continuous SYSREF signal (Register 0x0120, Bits[2:1] = 1),  
the period of the SYSREF signal must be an integer multiple of the  
LMFC. LMFC can be derived using the following formula:  
SYSREF INPUT  
The SYSREF input signal is used as a high accuracy system  
reference for deterministic latency and multichip synchronization.  
The AD9699 accepts a single-shot or periodic input signal. The  
SYSREF mode select bits (Register 0x0120, Bits[2:1]) select the  
input signal type and also arm the SYSREF state machine when  
set. If in single- (or N) shot mode (Register 0x0120, Bits[2:1] = 2),  
the SYSREF mode select bit self clears after the appropriate SYS-  
REF transition is detected. The pulse width must have a minimum  
width of two CLK± periods. If the clock divider (Register 0x010B,  
Bits[3:0]) is set to a value other than divide by 1, multiply this  
minimum pulse width requirement by the divide ratio (that is, if set  
LMFC = ADC Clock/(S × K)  
where:  
S is the JESD204B parameter for number of samples per converter.  
K is the number of frames per multiframe.  
The input clock divider, DDCs, signal monitor block, and JESD204B  
link are all synchronized using the SYSREF± input when in normal  
synchronization mode (Register 0x01FF, Bit 0 = 0). The SYSREF±  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 71 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION  
input can also be used to timestamp an ADC sample to provide a  
mechanism for synchronizing multiple AD9699 devices in a system.  
For the highest level of timing accuracy, SYSREF± must meet  
setup and hold requirements relative to the CLK± input. There  
are several features in the AD9699 that can be used to ensure  
these requirements are met. These features are described in the  
SYSREF Control Features section.  
Figure 119. SYSREF Low to High Transition Using Falling Edge Clock  
Capture (Register 0x0120, Bit 4 = 1’b0, Register 0x0120, Bit 3 = 1’b1)  
SYSREF Control Features  
SYSREF is used, along with the input clock (CLK), as part of a  
source-synchronous timing interface and requires setup and hold  
timing requirements of −65 ps and 95 ps relative to the input clock  
(see Figure 118). The AD9699 has several features that aid users  
in meeting these requirements. First, the SYSREF sample event  
can be defined as either a synchronous low to high transition or  
synchronous high to low transition. Second, the AD9699 allows the  
SYSREF signal to be sampled using either the rising edge or falling  
edge of the input clock. Figure 118, Figure 119, Figure 120, and  
Figure 121 show all four possible combinations.  
Figure 120. SYSREF High to Low Transition Using Rising Edge Clock  
Capture (Register 0x0120, Bit 4 = 1’b1, Register 0x0120, Bit 3 = 1’b0)  
The third SYSREF related feature available is the ability to ignore a  
programmable number (up to 16) of SYSREF events. The AD9699  
is able to ignore N SYSREF events (note that the SYSREF ignore  
feature is enabled by setting the SYSREF mode register (Register  
0x0120, Bits[2:1]) to 2'b10, which is labeled as N-shot mode). This  
feature is useful for handling periodic SYSREF signals, which need  
time to settle after startup. Ignoring SYSREF until the clocks in  
the system have settled can avoid an inaccurate SYSREF trigger.  
Figure 122 shows an example of the SYSREF ignore feature when  
ignoring three SYSREF events.  
Figure 121. SYSREF High to Low Transition Using Falling Edge Clock  
Capture (Register 0x0120, Bit 4 = 1’b1, Register 0x0120, Bit 3 = 1’b1)  
Figure 118. SYSREF Setup and Hold Time Requirements—SYSREF Low to  
High Transition Using Rising Edge Clock (Default)  
Figure 122. SYSREF Ignore Example (SYSREF Ignore Count, Register 0x0121, Bits[3:0] = 3)  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 72 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION  
Figure 123. SYSREF Skew Window  
When in continuous SYSREF mode (Register 0x0120, Bits[2:1] =  
1), the AD9699 monitors the placement of the SYSREF leading  
edge compared to the internal LMFC. If the SYSREF is captured  
with a clock edge other than the one that is aligned with LMFC,  
the AD9699 initiates a resynchronization of the link. Because input  
clock rates for AD9699 can be up to 4 GHz, the AD9699 provides  
another SYSREF related feature that makes it possible to accom-  
modate periodic SYSREF signals where cycle accurate capture is  
not feasible or not required. For these scenarios, the AD9699 has  
a programmable SYSREF skew window that allows the internal  
dividers to remain undisturbed unless SYSREF occurs outside the  
skew window. The resolution of the SYSREF skew window is set  
in sample clock cycles. If the SYSREF negative skew window is  
1 and the positive skew window is 1, the total skew window is  
±1 sample clock cycles, meaning that, as long as SYSREF is  
captured within ±1 sample clock cycle of the clock that is aligned  
with LMFC, the link continues to operate normally. If the SYSREF  
has jitter, which can cause a misalignment between SYSREF and  
LMFC, this feature allows the system to continue running without  
a resynchronization, while still allowing the device to monitor for  
larger errors not caused by jitter. For the AD9699, the positive  
and negative skew window is controlled by the SYSREF window  
negative register (Register 0x0122, Bits[3:2]) and SYSREF window  
positive register (Register 0x0122, Bits[1:0]). Figure 123 shows  
information on the location of the skew window settings relative  
to Phase 0 of the internal dividers. Negative skew is defined as  
occurring before the internal dividers reach Phase 0, and positive  
skew is defined after the internal dividers reach Phase 0.  
SYSREF± SETUP/HOLD WINDOW MONITOR  
To ensure a valid SYSREF signal capture, the AD9699 has a SYS-  
REF± setup/hold window monitor. This feature allows the system  
designer to determine the location of the SYSREF± signals relative  
to the CLK± signals by reading back the amount of setup/hold  
margin on the interface through the memory map. Figure 124 and  
Figure 125 show the setup and hold status values for different  
phases of SYSREF±. The setup detector returns the status of the  
SYSREF± signal before the CLK± edge, and the hold detector  
returns the status of the SYSREF signal after the CLK± edge.  
Register 0x0128 stores the status of SYSREF± and notifies the  
user if the SYSREF± signal is captured by the ADC.  
Table 34 shows the description of the contents of Register 0x0128  
and how to interpret them.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 73 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION  
Figure 124. SYSREF± Setup Detector  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 74 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MULTICHIP SYNCHRONIZATION  
Figure 125. SYSREF± Hold Detector  
Table 34. SYSREF± Setup/Hold Monitor, Register 0x0128  
Register 0x0128, Bits[7:4]  
Hold Status  
Register 0x0128, Bits[3:0]  
Setup Status  
Description  
0x0  
0x0 to 0x7  
0x8  
Possible setup error. The smaller this number, the smaller the setup margin.  
0x0 to 0x8  
0x8  
No setup or hold error (best hold margin).  
0x9 to 0xF  
0x0  
No setup or hold error (best setup and hold margin).  
No setup or hold error (best setup margin).  
0x8  
0x9 to 0xF  
0x0  
0x0  
Possible hold error. The larger this number, the smaller the hold margin.  
Possible setup or hold error.  
0x0  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 75 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
LATENCY  
END TO END TOTAL LATENCY  
EXAMPLE LATENCY CALCULATIONS  
Total latency in the AD9699 is dependent on the chip application  
mode and the JESD204B configuration. For any given combination  
of these parameters, the latency is deterministic, however, the  
value of this deterministic latency must be calculated as described  
in the Example Latency Calculations section.  
Example Configuration 1 is as follows:  
ADC application mode = full bandwidth  
Real outputs  
L = 4, M = 1, F = 1, S = 2 (JESD204B mode)  
20 × (M/L) = 5  
Table 35 shows the combined latency through the ADC and DSP  
for the different chip application modes supported by the AD9699.  
Table 36 shows the latency through the JESD204B block for each  
application mode based on the M/L ratio. For both tables, latency is  
typical and is in units of the encode clock. The latency through the  
JESD204B block does not depend on the output data type (real or  
complex). Therefore, data type is not included in Table 36.  
Latency = 31 + 44 = 75 encode clocks  
Example Configuration 2 is as follows:  
ADC application mode = DCM4  
Complex outputs  
L = 4, M = 2, F = 1, S = 1 (JESD204B mode)  
20 × (M/L) = 10  
To determine the total latency, select the appropriate ADC + DSP  
latency from Table 35 and add it to the appropriate JESD204B  
latency from Table 36. Example calculations are provided in the  
Example Latency Calculations section.  
Latency = 162 + 88 = 250 encode clocks  
LMFC REFERENCED LATENCY  
Some FPGA vendors may require the end user to know LMFC-ref-  
erenced latency to make appropriate deterministic latency adjust-  
ments. If they are required, the latency values in Table 35 and Table  
36 can be used for the analog input to LMFC and LMFC to data  
output latency values, respectively.  
Table 35. Latency Through the ADC + DSP Blocks (Number of Sample Clocks)1  
Chip Application Mode  
Enabled Filters  
ADC + DSP Latency  
Full Bandwidth  
DCM1 (Real)  
Not applicable  
31  
HB1  
90  
DCM2 (Complex)  
DCM3 (Complex)  
DCM2 (Real)  
HB1  
90  
TB1  
102  
162  
162  
212  
212  
292  
292  
380  
380  
424  
424  
500  
552  
552  
694  
694  
814  
814  
836  
1420  
1420  
1594  
HB2 + HB1  
DCM4 (Complex)  
DCM3 (Real)  
HB2 + HB1  
TB2 + HB1  
DCM6 (Complex)  
DCM4 (Real)  
TB2 + HB1  
HB3 +HB2 + HB1  
HB3 +HB2 + HB1  
FB2 + HB1  
DCM8 (Complex)  
DCM5 (Real)  
DCM10 (Complex)  
DCM6 (Real)  
FB2 + HB1  
TB2 + HB2 + HB1  
TB2 + HB2 + HB1  
FB2 + TB1  
DCM12 (Complex)  
DCM15 (Real)  
DCM8 (Real)  
HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
FB2 + HB2 + HB1  
FB2 + HB2 + HB1  
TB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
TB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
HB2 + FB2 + TB1  
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
DCM16 (Complex)  
DCM10 (Real)  
DCM20 (Complex)  
DCM12 (Real)  
DCM24 (Complex)  
DCM30 (Complex)  
DCM20 (Real)  
DCM40 (Complex)  
DCM24 (Real)  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 76 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
LATENCY  
Table 35. Latency Through the ADC + DSP Blocks (Number of Sample Clocks)1  
Chip Application Mode  
Enabled Filters  
ADC + DSP Latency  
DCM48 (Complex)  
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1  
1594  
1
DCMx indicates the decimation ratio.  
Table 36. Latency Through JESD204B Block (Number of Sample Clocks)1  
M/L Ratio2  
Chip Application Mode  
0.125  
0.25  
0.5  
1
2
4
8
Full Bandwidth  
fS × 4 Mode  
DCM1  
82  
44  
25  
14  
7
9
3
N/A  
82  
46  
N/A  
25  
N/A  
14  
N/A  
7
N/A  
N/A  
7
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
9
44  
DCM2  
160  
237  
315  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
84  
46  
27  
14  
DCM3  
124  
164  
2033  
243  
323  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
67  
39  
21  
11  
DCM4  
88  
50  
623  
27  
433  
14  
DCM5  
1093  
130  
172  
213  
255  
3184  
3394  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
21  
N/A  
14  
DCM6  
73  
39  
DCM8  
96  
50  
27  
18  
DCM10  
DCM12  
DCM15  
DCM16  
DCM20  
DCM24  
DCM30  
DCM40  
DCM48  
119  
142  
1764  
1884  
233  
279  
3484  
N/A  
N/A  
62  
33  
22  
73  
39  
27  
904  
964  
119  
142  
1764  
2334  
2794  
474  
504  
62  
33 4  
354  
43  
73  
51  
904  
1194  
1424  
624  
824  
974  
1
N/A means not applicable and indicates that the application mode is not supported at the M/L ratio listed.  
The M/L ratio is the number of converters divided by the number of lanes for the configuration.  
The application mode at the M/L ratio listed is only supported in real output mode.  
2
3
4
The application mode at the M/L ratio listed is only supported in complex output mode.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 77 of 121  
Data Sheet  
TEST MODES  
AD9699  
If the application mode is set to select a DDC mode of operation,  
the test modes must be enabled for each DDC enabled. The test  
patterns can be enabled via Bit 0 of Register 0x0327, Register  
0x0347, Register 0x0367, and Register 0x0387 depending on  
which DDC(s) are selected. The (I) data uses the test patterns  
selected, and the (Q) data does not output the test patterns.  
ADC TEST MODES  
The AD9699 has various test options that aid in the system level  
implementation. The AD9699 has ADC test modes that are availa-  
ble in Register 0x550. These test modes are described in Table 37.  
When an output test mode is enabled, the analog section of the  
ADC is disconnected from the digital back-end blocks, and the test  
pattern is run through the output formatting block. Some of the test  
patterns are subject to output formatting, and some are not. The PN  
generators from the PN sequence tests can be reset by setting Bit  
4 or Bit 5 of Register 0x0550. These tests can be performed with  
or without an analog signal (if present, the analog signal is ignored).  
However, these tests do require an encode clock.  
Bit 0 of Register 0x0387 selects the Channel A test patterns to be  
used for the (I) data.  
For more information, see the AN-877 Application Note, Interfacing  
to High Speed ADCs via SPI.  
Table 37. ADC Test Modes  
Output Test Mode  
Default/  
Bit Sequence  
Pattern Name  
Expression  
Seed Value  
Sample (N, N + 1, N + 2, …)  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0100  
0101  
0110  
0111  
1000  
Off (default)  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
0x3AFF  
Not applicable  
Midscale short  
0000 0000 0000  
01 1111 1111 1111  
10 0000 0000 0000  
10 1010 1010 1010  
x23 + x18 + 1  
Not applicable  
Positive full-scale short  
Negative full-scale short  
Checkerboard  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
0x1555, 0x2AAA, 0x1555, 0x2AAA, 0x1555  
0x3FD7, 0x0002, 0x26E0, 0x0A3D, 0x1CA6  
0x125B, 0x3C9A, 0x2660, 0x0c65, 0x0697  
0x0000, 0x3FFF, 0x0000, 0x3FFF, 0x0000  
PN sequence long  
PN sequence short  
One-/zero-word toggle  
User input  
x9 + x5 + 1  
0x0092  
11 1111 1111 1111  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Register 0x0551 to  
Register 0x0558  
User Pattern 1[15:2], User Pattern 2[15:2], User Pattern  
3[15:2], User Pattern 4[15:2], User Pattern 1[15:2] … for  
repeat mode  
User Pattern 1[15:2], User Pattern 2[15:2], User Pattern  
3[15:2], User Pattern 4[15:2],  
0x0000 … for single mode  
(x) % 214, (x +1) % 214, (x +2) % 214, (x +3) % 214  
1111  
Ramp output  
(x) % 214  
Not applicable  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 78 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
TEST MODES  
These tests are shown in Register 0x0571, Bit 5. The test pattern is  
equivalent to the raw samples from the ADC.  
JESD204B BLOCK TEST MODES  
In addition to the ADC pipeline test modes, the AD9699 also has  
flexible test modes in the JESD204B block. These test modes are  
listed in Register 0x0573 and Register 0x0574. These test patterns  
can be injected at various points along the output datapath. These  
test injection points are shown in Figure 103. Table 38 describes  
the various test modes available in the JESD204B block. For the  
AD9699, a transition from test modes (Register 0x0573 ≠ 0x00) to  
normal mode (Register 0x0573 = 0x00) requires an SPI soft reset.  
This is done by writing 0x81 to Register 0x0000 (self cleared).  
Interface Test Modes  
The interface test modes are described in Register 0x0573,  
Bits[3:0]. These test modes are also explained in Table 38. The  
interface tests can be injected at various points along the data.  
See Figure 103 for more information on the test injection points.  
Register 0x0573, Bits[5:4] show where these tests are injected.  
Table 39, Table 40, and Table 41 show examples of some of the  
test modes when injected at the JESD204B sample input, PHY  
10-bit input, and scrambler 8-bit input. UPx in the tables represent  
the user pattern control bits from the user register map.  
Transport Layer Sample Test Mode  
The transport layer samples are implemented in the AD9699 as  
defined by Section 5.1.6.3 in the JEDEC JESD204B specification.  
Table 38. JESD204B Interface Test Modes  
Output Test Mode  
Bit Sequence  
Pattern Name  
Expression  
Default  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0100  
0101  
0110  
0111  
1000  
1110  
1111  
Off (default)  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
Alternating checker board  
1/0 word toggle  
0x5555, 0xAAAA, 0x5555, …  
0x0000, 0xFFFF, 0x0000, …  
x31 + x28 + 1  
x23 + x18 + 1  
x15 + x14 + 1  
x9 + x5 + 1  
x7 + x6 + 1  
(x) % 216  
Not applicable  
Not applicable  
31-bit PN sequence  
23-bit PN sequence  
15-bit PN sequence  
9-bit PN sequence  
7-bit PN sequence  
Ramp output  
0x0003AFFF  
0x003AFF  
0x03AF  
0x092  
0x07  
Ramp size depends on test injection point  
User Pattern 1 to User Pattern 4, then repeat  
User Pattern 1 to User Pattern 4, then zeros  
Continuous/repeat user test  
Single user test  
Register 0x0551 to Register 0x0558  
Register 0x0551 to Register 0x0558  
Table 39. JESD204B Sample Input for M = 2, S = 2, N' = 16 (Register 0x0573, Bits[5:4] = 'b00)  
Frame  
Number  
Converter  
Number  
Sample  
Number  
Alternating  
Checkerboard  
1/0 Word  
Toggle  
Ramp  
PN9  
PN23  
User Repeat  
User Single  
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0x5555  
0x5555  
0x5555  
0x5555  
0xAAAA  
0xAAAA  
0xAAAA  
0xAAAA  
0x5555  
0x5555  
0x5555  
0x5555  
0xAAAA  
0xAAAA  
0xAAAA  
0xAAAA  
0x5555  
0x5555  
0x0000  
0x0000  
0x0000  
0x0000  
0xFFFF  
0xFFFF  
0xFFFF  
0xFFFF  
0x0000  
0x0000  
0x0000  
0x0000  
0xFFFF  
0xFFFF  
0xFFFF  
0xFFFF  
0x0000  
0x0000  
(x) % 216  
(x) % 216  
(x) % 216  
(x) % 216  
0x496F  
0x496F  
0x496F  
0x496F  
0xC9A9  
0xC9A9  
0xC9A9  
0xC9A9  
0x980C  
0x980C  
0x980C  
0x980C  
0x651A  
0x651A  
0x651A  
0x651A  
0x5FD1  
0x5FD1  
0xFF5C  
0xFF5C  
0xFF5C  
0xFF5C  
0x0029  
0x0029  
0x0029  
0x0029  
0xB80A  
0xB80A  
0xB80A  
0xB80A  
0x3D72  
0x3D72  
0x3D72  
0x3D72  
0x9B26  
0x9B26  
UP1[15:0]  
UP1[15:0]  
UP1[15:0]  
UP1[15:0]  
UP2[15:0]  
UP2[15:0]  
UP2[15:0]  
UP2[15:0]  
UP3[15:0]  
UP3[15:0]  
UP3[15:0]  
UP3[15:0]  
UP4[15:0]  
UP4[15:0]  
UP4[15:0]  
UP4[15:0]  
UP1[15:0]  
UP1[15:0]  
UP1[15:0]  
UP1[15:0]  
UP1[15:0]  
UP1[15:0]  
UP2[15:0]  
UP2[15:0]  
UP2[15:0]  
UP2[15:0]  
UP3[15:0]  
UP3[15:0]  
UP3[15:0]  
UP3[15:0]  
UP4[15:0]  
UP4[15:0]  
UP4[15:0]  
UP4[15:0]  
0x0000  
(x +1) % 216  
(x +1) % 216  
(x +1) % 216  
(x +1) % 216  
(x +2) % 216  
(x +2) % 216  
(x +2) % 216  
(x +2) % 216  
(x +3) % 216  
(x +3) % 216  
(x +3) % 216  
(x +3) % 216  
(x +4) % 216  
(x +4) % 216  
0x0000  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 79 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
TEST MODES  
Table 39. JESD204B Sample Input for M = 2, S = 2, N' = 16 (Register 0x0573, Bits[5:4] = 'b00)  
Frame  
Number  
Converter  
Number  
Sample  
Number  
Alternating  
Checkerboard  
1/0 Word  
Toggle  
Ramp  
PN9  
PN23  
User Repeat  
User Single  
4
4
1
1
0
1
0x5555  
0x5555  
0x0000  
0x0000  
(x +4) % 216  
(x +4) % 216  
0x5FD1  
0x5FD1  
0x9B26  
0x9B26  
UP1[15:0]  
UP1[15:0]  
0x0000  
0x0000  
Table 40. Physical Layer 10-Bit Input (Register 0x0573, Bits[5:4] = 'b01)  
10-Bit Symbol  
Number  
Alternating  
Checkerboard  
1/0 Word  
Toggle  
Ramp  
PN9  
PN23  
User Repeat  
User Single  
0
0x155  
0x2AA  
0x155  
0x2AA  
0x155  
0x2AA  
0x155  
0x2AA  
0x155  
0x2AA  
0x155  
0x2AA  
0x000  
0x3FF  
0x000  
0x3FF  
0x000  
0x3FF  
0x000  
0x3FF  
0x000  
0x3FF  
0x000  
0x3FF  
(x) % 210  
0x125  
0x2FC  
0x26A  
0x198  
0x031  
0x251  
0x297  
0x3D1  
0x18E  
0x2CB  
0x0F1  
0x3DD  
0x3FD  
0x1C0  
0x00A  
0x1B8  
0x028  
0x3D7  
0x0A6  
0x326  
0x10F  
0x3FD  
0x31E  
0x008  
UP1[15:6]  
UP2[15:6]  
UP3[15:6]  
UP4[15:6]  
UP1[15:6]  
UP2[15:6]  
UP3[15:6]  
UP4[15:6]  
UP1[15:6]  
UP2[15:6]  
UP3[15:6]  
UP4[15:6]  
UP1[15:6]  
UP2[15:6]  
UP3[15:6]  
UP4[15:6]  
0x000  
1
(x + 1) % 210  
(x + 2) % 210  
(x + 3) % 210  
(x + 4) % 210  
(x + 5) % 210  
(x + 6) % 210  
(x + 7) % 210  
(x + 8) % 210  
(x + 9) % 210  
(x + 10) % 210  
(x + 11) % 210  
2
3
4
5
0x000  
6
0x000  
7
0x000  
8
0x000  
9
0x000  
10  
11  
0x000  
0x000  
Table 41. Scrambler 8-bit Input (Register 0x0573, Bits[5:4] = 'b10)  
8-Bit Octet  
Number  
Alternating  
Checkerboard  
1/0 Word  
Toggle  
Ramp  
PN9  
PN23  
User Repeat  
User Single  
0
0x55  
0xAA  
0x55  
0xAA  
0x55  
0xAA  
0x55  
0xAA  
0x55  
0xAA  
0x55  
0xAA  
0x00  
0xFF  
0x00  
0xFF  
0x00  
0xFF  
0x00  
0xFF  
0x00  
0xFF  
0x00  
0xFF  
(x) % 28  
0x49  
0x6F  
0xC9  
0xA9  
0x98  
0x0C  
0x65  
0x1A  
0x5F  
0xD1  
0x63  
0xAC  
0xFF  
0x5C  
0x00  
0x29  
0xB8  
0x0A  
0x3D  
0x72  
0x9B  
0x26  
0x43  
0xFF  
UP1[15:9]  
UP2[15:9]  
UP3[15:9]  
UP4[15:9]  
UP1[15:9]  
UP2[15:9]  
UP3[15:9]  
UP4[15:9]  
UP1[15:9]  
UP2[15:9]  
UP3[15:9]  
UP4[15:9]  
UP1[15:9]  
UP2[15:9]  
UP3[15:9]  
UP4[15:9]  
0x00  
1
(x + 1) % 28  
(x + 2) % 28  
(x + 3) % 28  
(x + 4) % 28  
(x + 5) % 28  
(x + 6) % 28  
(x + 7) % 28  
(x + 8) % 28  
(x + 9) % 28  
(x + 10) % 28  
(x + 11) % 28  
2
3
4
5
0x00  
6
0x00  
7
0x00  
8
0x00  
9
0x00  
10  
11  
0x00  
0x00  
patterns inserted at this point are useful for verifying the functionali-  
ty of the data link layer. When the data link layer test modes are  
enabled, disable SYNCINB± by writing 0xC0 to Register 0x0572.  
Data Link Layer Test Modes  
The data link layer test modes are implemented in the AD9699  
as defined by Section 5.3.3.8.2 in the JEDEC JESD204B Specifi-  
cation. These tests are shown in Register 0x0574, Bits[2:0]. Test  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 80 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
SERIAL PORT INTERFACE  
The AD9699 SPI allows the user to configure the converter for  
specific functions or operations through a structured register space  
provided inside the ADC. The SPI gives the user added flexibility  
and customization, depending on the application. Addresses are  
accessed via the serial port and can be written to or read from via  
the port. Memory is organized into bytes that can be further divided  
into fields. These fields are documented in the Serial Port Interface  
section. For detailed operational information, see the Serial Control  
Interface Standard (Rev. 1.0).  
from an input to an output at the appropriate point in the serial  
frame.  
Data can be sent in MSB first mode or in LSB first mode. MSB first  
is the default on power-up and can be changed via the SPI port  
configuration register. For more information about this and other  
features, see the Serial Control Interface Standard (Rev. 1.0).  
HARDWARE INTERFACE  
The pins described in Table 42 comprise the physical interface  
between the user programming device and the serial port of the  
AD9699. The SCLK pin and the CSB pin function as inputs when  
using the SPI. The SDIO pin is bidirectional, functioning as an input  
during write phases and as an output during readback.  
CONFIGURATION USING THE SPI  
Three pins define the SPI of the AD9699 ADC: the SCLK pin, the  
SDIO pin, and the CSB pin (see Table 42). The SCLK (serial clock)  
pin synchronizes the read and write data presented to and from the  
ADC. The SDIO (serial data input/output) pin is a dual-purpose pin  
that allows data to be sent and read from the internal ADC memory  
map registers. The CSB (chip select bar) pin is an active low control  
that enables or disables the read and write cycles.  
The SPI is flexible enough to be controlled by either FPGAs or  
microcontrollers. One method for SPI configuration is described in  
detail in the AN-812 Application Note, Microcontroller-Based Serial  
Port Interface (SPI) Boot Circuit.  
Table 42. SPI Pins  
Do not activate the SPI port during periods when the full dynamic  
performance of the converter is required. Because the SCLK signal,  
the CSB signal, and the SDIO signal are typically asynchronous  
to the ADC clock, noise from these signals can degrade converter  
performance. If the on-board SPI bus is used for other devices,  
it may be necessary to provide buffers between this bus and the  
AD9699 to prevent these signals from transitioning at the converter  
inputs during critical sampling periods.  
Pin  
Function  
SCLK  
Serial clock. The serial shift clock input that is used to synchronize  
serial interface, reads, and writes.  
SDIO  
CSB  
Serial data input/output. A dual-purpose pin that typically serves as an  
input or an output, depending on the instruction being sent and the  
relative position in the timing frame.  
Chip select bar. An active low control that gates the read and write  
cycles.  
SPI ACCESSIBLE FEATURES  
The falling edge of CSB, in conjunction with the rising edge of  
SCLK, determines the start of the framing. An example of the serial  
timing and its definitions can be found in Figure 4 and Table 5.  
Table 43 provides a brief description of the general features that are  
accessible via the SPI. These features are described in detail in the  
Serial Control Interface Standard (Rev. 1.0). The AD9699 device  
specific features are described in the Serial Port Interface section.  
Other modes involving the CSB pin are available. The CSB pin can  
be held low indefinitely, which permanently enables the device. This  
is called streaming. The CSB can stall high between bytes to allow  
additional external timing. When CSB is tied high, SPI functions are  
placed in a high impedance mode. This mode turns on any SPI pin  
secondary functions.  
Table 43. Features Accessible Using the SPI  
Feature  
Description  
Mode  
Allows the user to set either power-down mode or  
standby mode.  
Clock  
Allows the user to access the clock divider via the  
SPI.  
All data is composed of 8-bit words. The first bit of each individual  
byte of serial data indicates whether a read or write command is  
issued, which allows the SDIO pin to change direction from an input  
to an output.  
DDC  
Allows the user to set up decimation filters for different  
applications.  
Test Input/Output  
Output Mode  
Allows the user to set test modes to have known data  
on output bits.  
In addition to word length, the instruction phase determines whether  
the serial frame is a read or write operation, allowing the serial  
port to be used both to program the chip and to read the contents  
of the on-chip memory. If the instruction is a readback operation,  
performing a readback causes the SDIO pin to change direction  
Allows the user to set up outputs.  
Serializer/Deserializer  
(SERDES) Output Setup  
Allows the user to vary SERDES settings, such as  
swing and emphasis.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 81 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
address location with 0s unless the default value is set otherwise.  
Writing to these locations is required only when part of an address  
location is unassigned (for example, Address 0x0561). If the entire  
address location is open (for example, Address 0x0013), do not  
write to this address location.  
READING THE MEMORY MAP REGISTER  
TABLE  
Each row in Table 44 has eight bit locations. The memory map is  
divided into the following sections:  
Analog Devices SPI registers (Register 0x0000 to Regis-  
ter 0x000F)  
Default Values  
Clock/SYSREF/chip power-down pin control registers (Regis-  
ter 0x003F to Register 0x0201)  
Fast detect and signal monitor control registers (Register 0x0245  
to Register 0x027A)  
After the AD9699 is reset, critical registers are loaded with default  
values. The default values for the registers are given in Table 44.  
Logic Levels  
DDC function registers (Register 0x0300 to Register 0x03CD)  
Digital outputs and test modes registers (Register 0x0550 to  
Register 0x05CB)  
Programmable filter control and coefficients registers (Regis-  
ter 0x0DF8 to Register 0x0F7F)  
VREF/analog input control registers (Register 0x18A6 to Regis-  
ter 0x1A4D)  
An explanation of logic level terminology follows:  
“Bit is set” is synonymous with “bit is set to Logic 1” or “writing  
Logic 1 for the bit.”  
“Clear a bit” is synonymous with “bit is set to Logic 0” or “writing  
Logic 0 for the bit.”  
X denotes a don’t care bit.  
Table 44 (see the Memory Map Register Details section) docu-  
ments the default hexadecimal value for each hexadecimal address  
shown. The column with the heading Bit 7 (MSB) is the start of the  
default hexadecimal value given. For example, Address 0x0561,  
the output sample mode register, has a hexadecimal default value  
of 0x01, which means that Bit 0 = 1, and the remaining bits are  
0s. This setting is the default output format value, which is twos  
complement. For more information on this function and others, see  
Table 44.  
SPI Soft Reset  
After issuing a soft reset by programming 0x81 to Register 0x0000,  
the AD9699 requires 5 ms to recover. When programming the  
AD9699 for application setup, ensure that an adequate delay is  
programmed into the firmware after asserting the soft reset and  
before starting the device setup.  
MEMORY MAP REGISTER DETAILS  
All address locations that are not included in Table 44 are not  
currently supported for this device and must not be written  
Open and Reserved Locations  
All address and bit locations that are not included in Table 44 are  
not currently supported for this device. Write unused bits of a valid  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Analog Devices SPI Registers  
0x0000 SPI Configuration A  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
7
Soft reset mirror  
Whenever a soft reset is issued, the user must wait 5 ms before  
writing to any other register. This provides sufficient time for the boot  
loader to complete.  
0x0  
R/WC  
(self clearing)  
0
1
Do nothing.  
Reset the SPI and registers (self clearing).  
6
5
LSB first mirror  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
1
0
LSB shifted first for all SPI operations.  
MSB shifted first for all SPI operations.  
Address ascension mirror  
0
1
Multibyte SPI operations cause addresses to autodecrement.  
Multibyte SPI operations cause addresses to autoincrement.  
Reserved.  
[4:3] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
2
Address ascension  
R/W  
0
1
Multibyte SPI operations cause addresses to auto-decrement.  
Multibyte SPI operations cause addresses to auto-increment.  
1
LSB first  
0x0  
R/W  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 82 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
1
0
LSB shifted first for all SPI operations.  
MSB shifted first for all SPI operations.  
0
Soft reset (self clearing)  
Whenever a soft reset is issued, the user must wait 5 ms before  
writing to any other register. This provides sufficient time for the boot  
loader to complete.  
0x0  
R/WC  
0
1
Do nothing.  
Reset the SPI and registers (self clearing).  
Reserved.  
0x0001  
0x0002  
SPI Configuration B  
[7:2] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
1
Datapath soft reset  
R/WC  
(self clearing)  
0
1
Normal operation.  
Datapath soft reset (self clearing).  
Reserved.  
0
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
Chip configuration  
(local)  
[7:2] Reserved  
Reserved.  
[1:0] Channel power mode  
Channel power modes.  
0x0  
R/W  
00  
10  
Normal mode (power-up).  
Standby mode, digital datapath clocks disabled, JESD204B interface  
enabled.  
11  
Power-down mode, digital datapath clocks disabled, digital datapath  
held in reset, JESD204B interface disabled.  
0x0003  
0x0004  
Chip type  
[7:0] Chip type  
Chip type.  
0x03  
0xE2  
R
R
0x3  
High speed ADC.  
Chip ID.  
Chip ID LSB  
[7:0] Chip ID LSB [7:0]  
0xDF  
0x0  
AD9699.  
0x0005  
0x0006  
Chip ID MSB  
Chip grade  
[7:0] Chip ID MSB [15:8]  
[7:4] Chip speed grade  
[3:0] Reserved  
Chip ID.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x1  
R
Chip speed grade.  
Reserved.  
R
R
0x0008  
Device index  
[7:2] Reserved  
Reserved.  
R
0
ADC Core  
R/W  
0
1
ADC Core does not receive the next SPI command.  
ADC Core receives the next SPI command.  
0x000A  
0x000B  
Scratch pad  
SPI revision  
[7:0] Scratch pad  
[7:0] SPI revision  
Chip scratch pad register. This register provides a consistent memory 0x0  
location for software debugging.  
R/W  
R
SPI revision register. 0x01: Revision 1.0.  
0x1  
00000001 Revision 1.0.  
Vendor ID [7:0].  
Vendor ID [15:8].  
Reserved.  
0x000C  
0x000D  
0x000F  
Vendor ID LSB  
Vendor ID MSB  
Transfer  
[7:0] Vendor ID LSB  
[7:0] Vendor ID MSB  
[7:1] Reserved  
0x56  
0x04  
0x0  
R
R
R
0
Chip transfer  
Self clearing chip transfer bit. This bit is used to update the  
0x0  
R/W  
DDC phase increment and phase offset registers when DDC phase  
update mode (Register 0x0300, Bit 7 ) = 1. This makes it possible  
to synchronously update the DDC mixer frequencies. This bit is also  
used to update the coefficients for the programmable filter (PFILT).  
0
1
Do nothing. Bit is only cleared after transfer is complete.  
Self clearing bit used to synchronize the transfer of data from master  
to slave registers.  
Clock/SYSREF/Chip PDWN Pin Control Registers  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 83 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Local chip PDWN pin  
disable  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x003F  
Chip PDWN pin  
(local)  
7
Function is determined by Register 0x0040, Bits[7:6].  
0x0  
R/W  
0
1
Power-down pin (PDWN/STBY) enabled (default).  
Power-down pin (PDWN/STBY) disabled/ignored.  
Reserved.  
[6:0] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
0x0040  
Chip Pin Control 1  
[7:6] Global chip PDWN pin  
functionality  
External power-down pin functionality. Assertion of the external  
power-down pin (PDWN/STBY) has higher priority than the channel  
power mode control bits (Register 0x0002, Bits[1:0]). The PDWN/  
STBY pin is only used when Register 0x0040, Bits[7:6] = 00 or 01.  
R/W  
00  
01  
10  
Power-down pin (default). Assertion of external power-down pin  
(PDWN/STBY) causes the chip to enter full power-down mode.  
Standby pin. Assertion of external power-down pin (PDWN/STBY)  
causes the chip to enter standby mode.  
Pin disabled. Power-down pin (PDWN/STBY) is ignored.  
GPIO B0 pin functionality.  
[5:3] GPIO_B0 pin functionality  
0x7  
0x7  
R/W  
R/W  
001  
110  
111  
JESD204B LMFC output.  
Pin functionality determined by 0x0041[7:4]  
Disabled. Configured as input with weak pull-down (default).  
Fast Detect /GPIO A0 pin functionality.  
[2:0] Chip FD/GPIO_A0 pin  
functionality  
000  
001  
110  
111  
Fast Detect output.  
JESD204B LMFC output.  
Pin functionality determined by Register 0x0041, Bits[3:0]  
Disabled. Configured as an input with weak pull-down (default).  
0x0041  
0x0042  
0x0108  
Chip Pin Control 2  
[7:4] GPIO_B0 pin secondary  
functionality  
GPIO B0 pin secondary functionality (only used when Register  
0x0040, Bits[5:3] = 110).  
0x0  
0x0  
0xF  
0xF  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
0000  
0001  
1000  
1001  
Chip GPIO B0 input (NCO channel selection).  
Chip transfer input.  
Master next trigger output (MNTO).  
Slave next trigger input (SNTI).  
[3:0] Chip FD/GPIO_A0 pin  
secondary functionality  
Fast Detect /GPIO B0 pin secondary functionality (only used when  
Register 0x0040, Bits[2:0] = 110).  
0000  
0001  
1000  
1001  
Chip GPIO A0 input (NCO channel selection).  
Chip transfer input.  
Master next trigger output (MNTO).  
Slave next trigger input (SNTI).  
GPIO B1 pin functionality.  
Chip Pin Control 3  
[7:4] Chip GPIO_B1 pin  
functionality  
0000  
1000  
1001  
1111  
Chip GPIO B1 input (NCO channel selection).  
Master next trigger output (MNTO).  
Slave next trigger input (SNTI).  
Disabled (configured as input with weak pull-down).  
GPIO A1 pin functionality.  
[3:0] Chip GPIO_B1 pin  
functionality  
0000  
1000  
1001  
1111  
Chip GPIO A1 input (NCO channel selection).  
Master next trigger output (MNTO).  
Slave next trigger input (SNTI).  
Disabled (configured as input with weak pull-down).  
Reserved.  
Clock divider control [7:3] Reserved  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 84 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
[2:0] Input clock divider  
(CLK± pins)  
0x0  
R/W  
00  
01  
11  
Divide by 1.  
Divide by 2.  
Divide by 4.  
Reserved.  
0x0109  
Clock divider phase  
(local)  
[7:4] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[3:0] Clock divider phase offset  
R/W  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0 input clock cycles delayed.  
½ input clock cycles delayed (invert clock).  
1 input clock cycles delayed.  
1110  
1111  
7 input clock cycles delayed.  
7½ input clock cycles delayed.  
0x010A  
Clock divider and  
SYSREF control  
7
Clock divider auto phase  
adjust enable  
Clock divider autophase adjust enable. When enabled,  
Register 0x0129, Bits[3:0] contain the phase of the divider  
when SYSREF occurred. The actual divider phase offset =  
Register 0x0129, Bits[3:0] + Register 0x0109, Bits[3:0].  
0x0  
R/W  
0
1
Clock divider phase is not changed by SYSREF (disabled).  
Clock divider phase is automatically adjusted by SYSREF (enabled).  
Reserved.  
[6:4] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[3:2] Clock divider negative skew  
window  
Clock divider negative skew window (measured in ½ input device  
clocks). Number of ½ clock cycles before the input device clock by  
which captured SYSREF transitions are ignored. Only used when  
Register 0x010A, Bit 7 = 1. Register 0x010A, Bits[3:2] + Register  
0x010A, Bits[1:0] < Register 0x0108, Bits[2:0]. This allows some  
uncertainty in the sampling of SYSREF without disturbing the input  
clock divider. Also, SYSREF must be disabled (Register 0x0120,  
Bits[2:1] = 0x0) when changing this control field.  
R/W  
0
No negative skew, SYSREF must be captured accurately.  
½ device clock of negative skew.  
1
10  
11  
1 device clocks of negative skew.  
1½ device clocks of negative skew.  
[1:0] Clock divider positive skew  
window  
Clock divider positive skew window (measured in ½ input device  
clocks). Number of clock cycles after the input device clock by which  
captured SYSREF transitions are ignored. Only used when Register  
0x010A, Bit 7 = 1. Register 0x010A, Bits[3:2] + Register 0x010A,  
Bits[1:0] < Register 0x0108, Bits[2:0]. This allows some uncertainty  
in the sampling of SYSREF without disturbing the input clock divider.  
Also, SYSREF must be disabled (Register 0x0120, Bits[2:1] = 0x0)  
when changing this control field.  
0x0  
R/W  
0
No positive skew, SYSREF must be captured accurately.  
½ device clock of positive skew.  
1 device clocks of positive skew.  
1½ device clocks of positive skew.  
Reserved.  
1
10  
11  
0x010B  
Clock divider  
[7:4] Reserved  
0x0  
R
SYSREF status  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 85 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
[3:0] Clock divider SYSREF  
offset  
Clock divider phase status (measured in ½ clock cycles). Internal  
clock divider phase of the captured SYSREF signal applied to the  
phase offset. Only used when 0x010A[7] = 1. When Register 0x010A,  
Bit 7 = 1, Register 0x010A, Bits[3:2] = 0, and Register 0x010A,  
Bits[1:0] = 0, the clock divider SYSREF offset = Register 0x0129,  
Bits[3:0].  
0x0  
R
0x0110  
Clock delay control  
[7:3] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[2:0] Clock delay mode select  
Clock delay mode select. Used in conjunction with Register 0x0111  
and Register 0x0112.  
R/W  
000  
010  
011  
100  
110  
No clock delay.  
Fine delay: only 0 to 16 delay steps are valid.  
Fine delay (lowest jitter): only 0 to 16 delay steps are valid.  
Fine delay: all 192 delay steps are valid.  
Fine delay enabled (all 192 delay steps are valid), superfine delay  
enabled (all 128 delay steps are valid).  
0x0111  
Clock superfine  
delay (local)  
[7:0] Clock superfine delay adjust  
Clock superfine delay adjust. This is an unsigned control to adjust the 0x0  
superfine sample clock delay in 0.25 ps steps. These bits are only  
used when Register 0x0110, Bits[2:0] = 010 or 110.  
R/W  
0x00  
0 delay steps.  
0x08  
8 delay steps.  
0x80  
128 delay steps.  
0x0112  
Clock fine delay  
(local)  
[7:0] Set clock fine delay  
Clock fine delay adjust. This is an unsigned control to adjust the fine  
sample clock skew in 1.725 ps steps. These bits are only used when  
Register 0x0110, Bits[2:0] = 0x2, 0x3, 0x4, or 0x6. Minimum = 0.  
Maximum = 192. Increment = 1. Unit = delay steps.  
0xC0 R/W  
0x00  
0 delay steps.  
0x08  
8 delay steps.  
0xC0  
192 delay steps.  
Reserved.  
0x011B  
0x011C  
Clock status  
[7:1] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
0
Input clock detect  
Clock detection status.  
Input clock not detected.  
Input clock detected/locked.  
Reserved  
0
1
Clock Duty Cycle  
Stabilizer 1 control  
(local)  
[7:2] Reserved  
0x0  
0x1  
R/W  
R/W  
1
0
DCS1 enable  
Clock DCS1 enable.  
DCS1 bypassed.  
DCS1 enabled.  
0
1
DCS1 power up  
Clock DCS1 power-up.  
DCS1 powered down.  
DCS1 powered up.  
Reserved.  
0x1  
R/W  
0
1
0x011E  
Clock Duty Cycle  
Stabilizer 2 control  
[7:2] Reserved  
0x0  
0x1  
R/W  
R/W  
1
DCS2 enable  
Clock DCS2 enable.  
DCS2 bypassed.  
DCS2 enabled.  
0
1
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 86 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0
DCS2 power up  
Clock DCS2 power-up.  
DCS2 powered down.  
DCS2 powered up.  
Reserved.  
0x1  
R/W  
0
1
0x0120  
SYSREF Control 1  
7
6
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
SYSREF± flag reset  
R/W  
0
1
Normal flag operation.  
SYSREF flags held in reset (setup and hold error flags cleared).  
Reserved.  
5
4
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
SYSREF± transition select  
R/W  
0
1
SYSREF is valid on low to high transitions using the selected CLK±  
edge. When changing this setting, SYSREF± mode select must be  
set to disabled.  
SYSREF is valid on high to low transitions using the selected CLK±  
edge. When changing this setting, SYSREF± mode select must be  
set to disabled.  
3
CLK± edge select  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Captured on the rising edge of CLK± input.  
Captured on the falling edge of CLK± input.  
[2:1] SYSREF± mode select  
0
Disabled.  
Continuous.  
N-shot.  
1
10  
0
Reserved  
Reserved.  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
0x0121  
SYSREF Control 2  
[7:4] Reserved  
R
[3:0] SYSREF N-shot ignore  
counter select  
R/W  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
Next SYSREF only (do not ignore).  
Ignore the first SYSREF± transition.  
Ignore the first two SYSREF± transitions.  
Ignore the first three SYSREF± transitions.  
1110  
1111  
Ignore the first 14 SYSREF± transitions.  
Ignore the first 15 SYSREF± transitions.  
Reserved.  
0x0122  
SYSREF Control 3  
[7:4] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[3:2] SYSREF window negative  
Negative skew window (measured in sample clocks). Number of  
clock cycles before the sample clock by which captured SYSREF  
transitions are ignored.  
R/W  
00  
01  
10  
11  
No negative skew, SYSREF must be captured accurately.  
One sample clock of negative skew.  
Two sample clocks of negative skew.  
Three sample clocks of negative skew.  
[1:0] SYSREF window positive  
Positive skew window (measured in sample clocks). Number of  
clock cycles before the sample clock by which captured SYSREF  
transitions are ignored.  
0x0  
R/W  
00  
01  
10  
11  
No positive skew, SYSREF must be captured accurately.  
One sample clock of positive skew.  
Two sample clocks of positive skew.  
Three sample clocks of positive skew.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 87 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Reserved  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x0123  
SYSREF Control 4  
7
Reserved.  
0x0  
R
[6:0] SYSREF± timestamp delay,  
Bits[6:0]  
SYSREF timestamp delay (in converter sample clock cycles).  
0x00  
R/W  
0
0 sample clock cycle delay.  
1 sample clock cycle delay.  
1
111 1111  
127 sample clock cycle delay.  
SYSREF hold status.  
SYSREF setup status.  
Reserved.  
0x0128  
0x0129  
SYSREF Status 1  
SYSREF Status 2  
[7:4] SYSREF± hold status  
[3:0] SYSREF± setup status  
[7:4] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
R
R
[3:0] Clock divider phase when  
SYSREF± was captured  
SYSREF divider phase. Represents the phase of the divider when  
SYSREF was captured.  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0100  
In phase.  
SYSREF± is ½ cycle delayed from clock.  
SYSREF± is 1 cycle delayed from clock.  
SYSREF± is 1½ input clock cycles delayed.  
SYSREF± is 2 input clock cycles delayed.  
1111  
SYSREF± is 7½ input clock cycles delayed.  
0x012A  
0x01FF  
SYSREF Status 3  
Chip sync mode  
[7:0] SYSREF counter, Bits[7:0]  
increments when a  
SYSREF count. Running counter that increments whenever a  
SYSREF event is captured. Reset by Register 0x120, Bit 6. Wraps  
around at 255. Read these bits only when Register 0x120, Bits[2:1]  
are set to disabled.  
0x0  
R
SYSREF± is captured  
[7:1] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
0
Synchronization mode  
R/W  
0
1
JESD204B synchronization mode. The SYSREF signal resets all  
internal clock dividers. Use this mode when synchronizing multiple  
chips as specified in the JESD204B standard. If the phase of any of  
the dividers must change, the JESD204B link goes down.  
Timestamp mode. The SYSREF signal does not reset internal clock  
dividers. In this mode, the JESD204B link and the signal monitor are  
not affected by the SYSREF signal. The SYSREF signal timestamps  
a sample as it passes through the ADC and is used as a control bit in  
the JESD204B output word.  
Chip Operating Mode Control Registers  
0x0200  
Chip mode  
[7:6] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
5
Chip Q ignore  
Chip real (I) only selection.  
Both real (I) and complex (Q) selected.  
Only real (I) selected, complex (Q) is ignored.  
Reserved.  
0
1
4
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[3:0] Chip application mode  
R/W  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
Full bandwidth mode (default).  
One DDC mode (DDC0 only)  
Two DDC mode (DDC0 and DDC1 only)  
Four DDC mode (DDC0, DDC1, DDC2, and DDC3)  
Reserved.  
0x0201  
Chip decimation  
ratio  
[7:4] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[3:0] Chip decimation ratio  
Chip decimation ratio.  
R/W  
0000  
Full sample rate (decimate by 1, DDCs are bypassed).  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 88 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0001  
1000  
0010  
0101  
1001  
0011  
0110  
1010  
0111  
0100  
1101  
1011  
1110  
1111  
1100  
Decimate by 2.  
Decimate by 3.  
Decimate by 4.  
Decimate by 5.  
Decimate by 6.  
Decimate by 8.  
Decimate by 10.  
Decimate by 12.  
Decimate by 15.  
Decimate by 16.  
Decimate by 20.  
Decimate by 24.  
Decimate by 30.  
Decimate by 40.  
Decimate by 48.  
Fast Detect and Signal Monitor Control Registers  
0x0245  
Fast detect control  
(local)  
[7:4] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
3
Force FD pin  
R/W  
0
1
Normal operation of the fast detect pin.  
Force a value on the fast detect pin (see Bit 2).  
2
Force value of FD pin  
The fast detect output pin is set to this value when the output is  
forced.  
0x0  
R/W  
1
0
Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
Enable fast detect output  
R/W  
0
1
Fast detect disabled.  
Fast detect enabled.  
0x0247  
0x0248  
Fast detect up LSB  
(local)  
[7:0] Fast detect upper threshold  
LSBs of the fast detect upper threshold. This register contains the  
8 LSBs of the programmable 13-bit upper threshold that is compared  
to the fine ADC magnitude.  
0x0  
R/W  
Fast detect up MSB  
(local)  
[7:5] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[4:0] Fast detect upper threshold  
MSBs of the fast detect upper threshold. This register contains the  
8 LSBS of the programmable 13-bit upper threshold that is compared  
to the fine ADC magnitude.  
R/W  
0x0249  
0x024A  
Fast detect low LSB [7:0] Fast detect lower threshold  
(local)  
LSBs of the fast detect lower threshold. This register contains the  
8 LSBS of the programmable 13-bit lower threshold that is compared  
to the fine ADC magnitude.  
0x0  
R/W  
Fast detect low MSB [7:5] Reserved  
(local)  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[4:0] Fast detect lower threshold  
MSBs of the fast detect lower threshold. This register contains the  
8 LSBs of the programmable 13-bit lower threshold that is compared  
to the fine ADC magnitude  
R/W  
0x024B  
0x024C  
Fast detect dwell  
LSB (local)  
[7:0] Fast detect dwell time  
[7:0] Fast detect dwell time  
LSBs of the fast detect dwell time counter target. This is a load value 0x0  
for a 16-bit counter that determines how long the ADC data must  
remain below the lower threshold before the FD pins are reset to 0.  
R/W  
R/W  
Fast detect dwell  
MSB (local)  
MSBs of the fast detect dwell time counter target. This is a load value 0x0  
for a 16-bit counter that determines how long the ADC data must  
remain below the lower threshold before the FD pins are reset to 0.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 89 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x026F  
Signal monitor sync  
control  
[7:2] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
R
1
Signal monitor next  
Signal monitor next synchronization mode.  
0x0  
R/W  
synchronization mode  
0
1
Continuous mode.  
Next synchronization mode. Only the next valid edge of the  
SYSREF± pin is used to synchronize the signal monitor block.  
Subsequent edges of the SYSREF± pin are ignored. When the next  
SYSREF is found, Register 0x026F, Bit 0 clears. The SYSREF±  
pin must be an integer multiple of the signal monitor period for this  
function to operate correctly in continuous mode.  
0
Signal monitor  
Signal monitor synchronization enable  
0x0  
R/W  
synchronization mode  
0
1
Synchronization disabled.  
If Register 0x026F, Bit 1 = 1, only the next valid edge of the  
SYSREF± pin is used to synchronize the signal monitor block.  
Subsequent edges of the SYSREF± pin are ignored. When the next  
SYSREF signal is received, this bit is cleared. The SYSREF± input  
pin must be enabled to synchronize the signal monitor blocks.  
0x0270  
Signal monitor  
control (local)  
[7:2] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
1
Peak detector  
R/W  
0
1
Peak detector disabled.  
Peak detector enabled.  
Reserved.  
0
Reserved  
0x0  
R
0x0271  
0x0272  
0x0273  
0x0274  
Signal Monitor  
Period 0 (local)  
[7:0] Signal monitor period [7:0]  
Bits[7:0] of the 24-bit value that sets the number of output clock  
cycles over which the signal monitor performs its operation. Only  
even values are supported.  
0x80  
R/W  
Signal Monitor  
Period 1 (local)  
[7:0] Signal monitor period [15:8]  
Bits[15:8] of the 24-bit value that sets the number of output clock  
cycles over which the signal monitor performs its operation. Only  
even values are supported.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
Signal Monitor  
Period 2 (local)  
[7:0] Signal monitor period  
[23:16]  
Bits[23:16] of the 24-bit value that sets the number of output clock  
cycles over which the signal monitor performs its operation. Only  
even values are supported.  
Signal monitor status [7:5] Reserved  
control (local)  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
4
Result update  
R/WC  
1
Update signal monitor status registers, Register 0x0275 to  
Register 0x0278. Self clearing.  
3
Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x1  
R
[2:0] Result selection  
R/W  
001  
Peak detector placed on status readback signals.  
0x0275  
0x0276  
0x0277  
Signal Monitor  
Status 0 (local)  
[7:0] Signal monitor result [7:0]  
[7:0] Signal monitor result [15:8]  
[7:4] Reserved  
Signal monitor status result. This 20-bit value contains the status  
result calculated by the signal monitor block.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
R
Signal Monitor  
Status 1 (local)  
Signal monitor status result.  
Signal Monitor  
Status 2 (local)  
Reserved.  
[3:0] Signal monitor result [19:16]  
Signal monitor status result.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
0x0278  
Signal monitor status [7:0] Frame count result, Bits[7:0]  
frame counter (local)  
Signal monitor frame counter status bits. Frame counter increments  
whenever the period counter expires.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 90 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x0279  
Signal monitor serial [7:2] Reserved  
framer control (local)  
Reserved.  
0x0  
R
[1:0] Signal monitor SPORT over  
JESD204B enable  
0x0  
R/W  
00  
11  
Disabled.  
Enabled.  
Reserved.  
0x027A  
SPORT over  
[7:6] Reserved  
0x0  
R
JESD204B input  
selection (local)  
1
SPORT over JESD204B  
input selection  
Signal monitor serial framer input selection. When each individual bit 0x1  
is a 1, the corresponding signal statistics information is sent within  
the frame.  
R/W  
0
1
Disabled.  
Peak detector data inserted in the serial frame.  
0
Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
DDC Function Registers (See the Digital Downconverter (DDC) Section)  
0x0300  
DDC SYNC control  
7
DDC  
Select DDC FTW/POW/MAW/MBW update mode.  
R/W  
FTW/POW/MAW/MBW  
update mode  
0
1
Instantaneous/continuous update. FTW/POW/MAW/MBW values are  
updated immediately.  
FTW/POW/MAW/MBW values are updated synchronously when the  
chip transfer bit (Register 0x000F, Bit 0) is set.  
[6:5] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
4
DDC NCO soft reset  
This bit can be used to synchronize all the NCOs inside the DDC  
blocks.  
R/W  
0
1
Normal operation.  
DDC held in reset.  
Reserved.  
[3:2] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
1
DDC next synchronization  
R/W  
0
1
Continuous mode. The SYSREF frequency must be an integer  
multiple of the NCO frequency for this function to operate correctly in  
continuous mode.  
Only the next valid edge of the SYSREF± pin is used to synchronize  
the NCO in the DDC block. Subsequent edges of the SYSREF±  
pin are ignored. When the next SYSREF signal is found, the DDC  
synchronization enable bit (Register 0x0300, Bit 0) is cleared.  
0
DDC synchronization mode  
The SYSREF input pin must be enabled to synchronize the DDCs.  
Synchronization disabled.  
0x0  
R/W  
0
1
If DDC next synchronization (Register 0x0300, Bit 1 = 1), only the  
next valid edge of the SYSREF± pin is used to synchronize the  
NCO in the DDC block. Subsequent edges of the SYSREF± pin  
are ignored. When the next SYSREF signal is received, this bit is  
cleared.  
0x0310  
DDC0 control  
7
6
Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
DDC0 gain select  
Gain can be used to compensate for the 6 dB loss associated with  
mixing an input signal down to baseband and filtering out its negative  
component.  
0
1
0 dB gain.  
6 dB gain (multiply by 2).  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 91 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
[5:4] DDC0 intermediate  
frequency (IF) mode  
0x0  
R/W  
00  
01  
10  
11  
Variable IF mode.  
0 Hz IF mode.  
fS Hz IF mode.  
Test mode.  
3
DDC0 complex to real  
enable  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Complex (I and Q) outputs contain valid data.  
Real (I) output only. complex to real enabled. Uses extra fS mixing to  
convert to real.  
[2:0] DDC0 decimation rate  
select  
Decimation filter selection.  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
HB1 + HB2 filter selection: decimate by 2 (complex to real enabled),  
or decimate by 4 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 filter selection: decimate by 4 (complex to real  
enabled), or decimate by 8 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + HB4 filter selection: decimate by 8 (complex to  
real enabled), or decimate by 16 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 filter selection: decimate by 1 (complex to real enabled), or  
decimate by 2 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 3 (complex to real enabled),  
or decimate by 6 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 6 (complex to real  
enabled), or decimate by 12 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 12 (complex to  
real enabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real disabled).  
Decimation determined by Register 0x0311, Bits[7:4].  
Only valid when Register 0x0310, Bits[2:0] = 3'b111.  
0x0311  
DDC0 input select  
[7:4] DDC0 decimation rate  
select  
0x0  
R/W  
0
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 48  
(complex to real disabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real  
enabled).  
10  
FB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 10 (complex to real disabled),  
or decimate by 5 (complex to real enabled).  
11  
FB2 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 20 (complex to real  
disabled), or decimate by 10 (complex to real enabled).  
100  
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 40 (complex to  
real disabled), or decimate by 20 (complex to real enabled).  
111  
TB1 filter selection: decimate by 3 (decimate by 1.5 not supported).  
1000  
FB2 + TB1 filter selection: decimate by 15 (decimate by 7.5 not  
supported).  
1001  
HB2 + FB2 + TB1 filter selection: decimate by 30 (decimate by 15 not  
supported).  
[3:0] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
0x0314  
DDC0 NCO control  
[7:4] DDC0 NCO channel select  
mode  
For edge control, the internal counter wraps after the  
Register 0x0314, Bits[3:0] value is reached.  
R/W  
0
Use Register 0x0314, Bits[3:0].  
11  
2'b00, GPIO_A1, GPIO_A0.  
1000  
1001  
Increment internal counter on rising edge of the GPIO_A0 pin.  
Increment internal counter on rising edge of the GPIO_A1 pin.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 92 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
[3:0] DDC0 NCO register map  
channel select  
NCO channel select register map control.  
0x0  
R/W  
0
Select NCO Channel 0.  
Select NCO Channel 1.  
Select NCO Channel 2.  
Select NCO Channel 3.  
Select NCO Channel 4.  
Select NCO Channel 5.  
Select NCO Channel 6.  
Select NCO Channel 7.  
Select NCO Channel 8.  
Select NCO Channel 9.  
Select NCO Channel 10.  
Select NCO Channel 11.  
Select NCO Channel 12.  
Select NCO Channel 13.  
Select NCO Channel 14.  
Select NCO Channel 15.  
Reserved.  
1
10  
11  
100  
101  
110  
111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
0x0315  
DDC0 phase control [7:4] Reserved  
[3:0] DDC0 phase update index  
0x0  
0x0  
R
Indexes the NCO channel whose phase and offset is updated. The  
update method is based on the DDC phase update mode, which can  
be continuous or require chip transfer.  
R/W  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
Update NCO Channel 0.  
Update NCO Channel 1.  
Update NCO Channel 2.  
Update NCO Channel 3.  
0x0316  
0x0317  
0x0318  
0x0319  
0x031A  
0x031B  
0x031D  
0x031E  
0x031F  
0x0320  
0x0321  
0x0322  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment 0  
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment  
[7:0]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
.
.
.
.
.
.
DDC0 Phase  
Increment 1  
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment  
[15:8]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment 2  
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment  
[23:16]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment 3  
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment  
[31:24]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment 4  
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment  
[39:32]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment 5  
[7:0] DDC0 phase increment  
[47:40]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC0 Phase  
Offset 0  
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [7:0]  
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [15:8]  
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [23:16]  
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [31:24]  
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [39:32]  
[7:0] DDC0 phase offset [47:40]  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
DDC0 Phase  
Offset 1  
DDC0 Phase  
Offset 2  
DDC0 Phase  
Offset 3  
DDC0 Phase  
Offset 4  
DDC0 Phase  
Offset 5  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 93 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x0327  
DDC0 test enable  
[7:2] Reserved  
Reserved.  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
1
0
Reserved  
R
DDC0 I output test mode  
enable  
I samples always use the Test Mode A block. The test mode is  
selected using the channel dependent Register 0x0550, Bits[3:0].  
R/W  
0
1
Test mode disabled.  
Test mode enabled.  
Reserved.  
0x0330  
DDC1 control  
7
6
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
DDC1 gain select  
Gain can be used to compensates for the 6 dB loss associated with  
mixing an input signal down to baseband and filtering out its negative  
component.  
0
1
0 dB gain.  
6 dB gain (multiply by 2).  
[5:4] DDC1 intermediate  
frequency (IF) mode  
0x0  
R/W  
00  
01  
10  
11  
Variable IF mode.  
0 Hz IF mode.  
fS Hz IF mode.  
Test mode.  
3
DDC1 complex to real  
enable  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Complex (I and Q) outputs contain valid data.  
Real (I) output only. Complex to real enabled. Uses extra fS mixing to  
convert to real.  
[2:0] DDC1 decimation rate  
select  
Decimation filter selection.  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
HB1 + HB2 filter selection: decimate by 2 (complex to real enabled),  
or decimate by 4 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 filter selection: decimate by 4 (complex to real  
enabled), or decimate by 8 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + HB4 filter selection: decimate by 8 (complex to  
real enabled), or decimate by 16 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 filter selection: decimate by 1 (complex to real enabled), or  
decimate by 2 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 3 (complex to real enabled),  
or decimate by 6 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 6 (complex to real  
enabled), or decimate by 12 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 12 (complex to  
real enabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real disabled).  
Decimation determined by Register 0x0331, Bits[7:4].  
Only valid when Register 0x0310, Bits[2:0] = 3'b111.  
0x0331  
DDC1 input select  
[7:4] DDC1 decimation rate  
select  
0x0  
R/W  
0
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 48  
(complex to real disabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real  
enabled).  
10  
FB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 10 (complex to real disabled),  
or decimate by 5 (complex to real enabled).  
11  
FB2 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 20 (complex to real  
disabled), or decimate by 10 (complex to real enabled).  
100  
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 40 (complex to  
real disabled), or decimate by 20 (complex to real enabled).  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 94 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
111  
TB1 filter selection: decimate by 3 (decimate by 1.5 not supported).  
1000  
FB2 + TB1 filter selection: decimate by 15 (decimate by 7.5 not  
supported).  
1001  
HB2 + FB2 + TB1 filter selection: decimate by 30 (decimate by 15 not  
supported).  
[3:0] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
0x0334  
DDC1 NCO control  
[7:4] DDC1 NCO channel select  
mode  
For edge control, the internal counter wraps when the  
Register 0x0334, Bits[3:0] value is reached.  
R/W  
0
Use Register 0x0314, Bits[3:0]  
11  
2'b00, GPIO_A1, GPIO_A0.  
1000  
1001  
Increment internal counter when rising edge of the GPIO_A0 pin.  
Increment internal counter when rising edge of the GPIO_A1 pin.  
NCO channel select register map control.  
[3:0] DDC1 NCO register map  
channel select  
0x0  
R/W  
0
Select NCO Channel 0.  
Select NCO Channel 1.  
Select NCO Channel 2.  
Select NCO Channel 3.  
Select NCO Channel 4.  
Select NCO Channel 5.  
Select NCO Channel 6.  
Select NCO Channel 7.  
Select NCO Channel 8.  
Select NCO Channel 9.  
Select NCO Channel 10.  
Select NCO Channel 11.  
Select NCO Channel 12.  
Select NCO Channel 13.  
Select NCO Channel 14.  
Select NCO Channel 15.  
Reserved.  
1
10  
11  
100  
101  
110  
111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
0x0335  
DDC1 phase control [7:4] Reserved  
[3:0] DDC1 phase update index  
0x0  
0x0  
R
Indexes the NCO channel for which the phase and offset is to be  
updated. The update method is based on the DDC phase update  
mode, which can be continuous or require chip transfer.  
R/W  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
Update NCO Channel 0.  
Update NCO Channel 1.  
Update NCO Channel 2.  
Update NCO Channel 3.  
0x0336  
0x0337  
0x0338  
0x0339  
0x033A  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment 0  
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment  
[7:0]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
.
.
.
.
.
DDC1 Phase  
Increment 1  
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment  
[15:8]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment 2  
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment  
[23:16]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment 3  
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment  
[31:24]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment 4  
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment  
[39:32]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 95 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x033B  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment 5  
[7:0] DDC1 phase increment  
[47:40]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
.
0x033D  
0x033E  
0x033F  
0x0340  
0x0341  
0x0342  
0x0347  
DDC1 Phase  
Offset 0  
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [7:0]  
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [15:8]  
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [23:16]  
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [31:24]  
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [39:32]  
[7:0] DDC1 phase offset [47:40]  
[7:2] Reserved  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
DDC1 Phase  
Offset 1  
DDC1 Phase  
Offset 2  
DDC1 Phase  
Offset 3  
DDC1 Phase  
Offset 4  
DDC1 Phase  
Offset 5  
DDC1 test enable  
Reserved.  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
1
0
Reserved  
R
DDC1 I output test mode  
enable  
I samples always use the Test Mode A block. The test mode is  
selected using the channel dependent Register 0x0550, Bits[3:0].  
R/W  
0
1
Test mode disabled.  
Test mode enabled.  
Reserved.  
0x0350  
DDC2 control  
7
6
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
DDC2 gain select  
Gain can be used to compensates for the 6 dB loss associated with  
mixing an input signal down to baseband and filtering out its negative  
component.  
0
1
0 dB gain.  
6 dB gain (multiply by 2).  
[5:4] DDC2 intermediate  
frequency (IF) mode  
0x0  
R/W  
00  
01  
10  
11  
Variable IF mode.  
0 Hz IF mode.  
fS Hz IF mode.  
Test mode.  
3
DDC2 complex to real  
enable  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Complex (I and Q) outputs contain valid data.  
Real (I) output only. Complex to real enabled. Uses extra fS mixing to  
convert to real.  
[2:0] DDC2 decimation rate  
select  
Decimation filter selection.  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
HB1 + HB2 filter selection: decimate by 2 (complex to real enabled),  
or decimate by 4 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 filter selection: decimate by 4 (complex to real  
enabled), or decimate by 8 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + HB4 filter selection: decimate by 8 (complex to  
real enabled), or decimate by 16 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 filter selection: decimate by 1 (complex to real enabled), or  
decimate by 2 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 3 (complex to real enabled),  
or decimate by 6 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 6 (complex to real  
enabled), or decimate by 12 (complex to real disabled).  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 96 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
110  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 12 (complex to  
real enabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real disabled).  
111  
0
Decimation determined by Register 0x0351, Bits[7:4].  
Only valid when Register 0x0310, Bits[2:0] = 3'b111.  
0x0351  
DDC2 input select  
[7:4] DDC2 decimation rate  
select  
0x0  
R/W  
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 48  
(complex to real disabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real  
enabled).  
10  
FB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 10 (complex to real disabled),  
or decimate by 5 (complex to real enabled).  
11  
FB2 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 20 (complex to real  
disabled), or decimate by 10 (complex to real enabled).  
100  
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 40 (complex to  
real disabled), or decimate by 20 (complex to real enabled).  
[3:0] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
0x0354  
DDC2 NCO control  
[7:4] DDC2 NCO channel select  
mode  
For edge control, the internal counter wraps when the  
Register 0x0354, Bits[3:0] value is reached.  
R/W  
0
Use Register 0x0314, Bits[3:0].  
11  
2'b00, GPIO A1, GPIO A0.  
1000  
1001  
Increment internal counter when rising edge of the GPIO_A0 pin.  
Increment internal counter when rising edge of the GPIO_A1 pin.  
NCO channel select register map control.  
[3:0] DDC2 NCO register map  
channel select  
0x0  
R/W  
0
Select NCO Channel 0.  
Select NCO Channel 1.  
Select NCO Channel 2.  
Select NCO Channel 3.  
Select NCO Channel 4.  
Select NCO Channel 5.  
Select NCO Channel 6.  
Select NCO Channel 7.  
Select NCO Channel 8.  
Select NCO Channel 9.  
Select NCO Channel 10.  
Select NCO Channel 11.  
Select NCO Channel 12.  
Select NCO Channel 13.  
Select NCO Channel 14.  
Select NCO Channel 15.  
Reserved.  
1
10  
11  
100  
101  
110  
111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
0x0355  
DDC2 phase control [7:4] Reserved  
[3:0] DDC2 phase update index  
0x0  
R
Indexes the NCO channel whose phase and offset gets updated. The 0x0  
update method is based on the DDC phase update mode, which can  
be continuous or require chip transfer.  
R/W  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
Update NCO Channel 0.  
Update NCO Channel 1.  
Update NCO Channel 2.  
Update NCO Channel 3.  
0x0356  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment 0  
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment  
[7:0]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
0x0  
R/W  
.
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 97 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x0357  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment 1  
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment  
[15:8]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
.
.
.
.
.
0x0358  
0x0359  
0x035A  
0x035B  
0x035D  
0x035E  
0x035F  
0x0360  
0x0361  
0x0362  
0x0367  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment 2  
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment  
[23:16]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment 3  
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment  
[31:24]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment 4  
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment  
[39:32]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment 5  
[7:0] DDC2 phase increment  
[47:40]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC2 Phase  
Offset 0  
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [7:0]  
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [15:8]  
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [23:16]  
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [31:24]  
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [39:32]  
[7:0] DDC2 phase offset [47:40]  
[7:2] Reserved  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
DDC2 Phase  
Offset 1  
DDC2 Phase  
Offset 2  
DDC2 Phase  
Offset 3  
DDC2 Phase  
Offset 4  
DDC2 Phase  
Offset 5  
DDC2 test enable  
Reserved.  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
1
0
Reserved  
R
DDC2 I output test mode  
enable  
I samples always use the Test Mode A block. The test mode is  
selected using the channel dependent Register 0x0550, Bits[3:0].  
R/W  
0
1
Test mode disabled.  
Test mode enabled.  
Reserved  
0x0370  
DDC3 control  
7
6
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
DDC3 gain select  
Gain can be used to compensate for the 6 dB loss associated with  
mixing an input signal down to baseband and filtering out its negative  
component.  
0
1
0 dB gain.  
6 dB gain (multiply by 2).  
[5:4] DDC3 intermediate  
frequency (IF) mode  
0x0  
R/W  
00  
01  
10  
11  
Variable IF mode.  
0 Hz IF mode.  
fS Hz IF mode.  
Test mode.  
3
DDC3 complex to real  
enable  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Complex (I and Q) outputs contain valid data.  
Real (I) output only. Complex to real enabled. Uses extra fS mixing to  
convert to real.  
[2:0] DDC3 decimation rate  
select  
Decimation filter selection.  
000  
001  
HB1 + HB2 filter selection: decimate by 2 (complex to real enabled),  
or decimate by 4 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 filter selection: decimate by 4 (complex to real  
enabled), or decimate by 8 (complex to real disabled).  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 98 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
010  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + HB4 filter selection: decimate by 8 (complex to  
real enabled), or decimate by 16 (complex to real disabled).  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
HB1 filter selection: decimate by 1 (complex to real enabled), or  
decimate by 2 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 3 (complex to real enabled),  
or decimate by 6 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 6 (complex to real  
enabled), or decimate by 12 (complex to real disabled).  
HB1 + HB2 + HB3 + TB2 filter selection: decimate by 12 (complex to  
real enabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real disabled).  
Decimation determined by Register 0x0371, Bits[7:4].  
Only valid when Register 0x0310, Bits[2:0] = 3'b111.  
0x0371  
DDC3 input select  
[7:4] DDC3 decimation rate  
select  
0x0  
R/W  
0
TB2 + HB4 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 48  
(complex to real disabled), or decimate by 24 (complex to real  
enabled).  
10  
FB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 10 (complex to real disabled),  
or decimate by 5 (complex to real enabled).  
11  
FB2 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 20 (complex to real  
disabled), or decimate by 10 (complex to real enabled).  
100  
FB2 + HB3 + HB2 + HB1 filter selection: decimate by 40 (complex to  
real disabled), or decimate by 20 (complex to real enabled).  
[3:0] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
0x0374  
DDC3 NCO control  
[7:4] DDC3 NCO channel select  
mode  
For edge control, the internal counter wraps when the  
Register 0x0374, Bits[3:0] value is reached.  
R/W  
0
Use Register 0x0314, Bits[3:0].  
11  
2'b00, GPIO A1, GPIO A0.  
1000  
1001  
Increment internal counter when rising edge of GPIO_A0 pin.  
Increment internal counter when rising edge of GPIO_A1 pin.  
NCO channel select register map control.  
[3:0] DDC3 NCO register map  
channel select  
0x0  
R/W  
0
Select NCO Channel 0.  
Select NCO Channel 1.  
Select NCO Channel 2.  
Select NCO Channel 3.  
Select NCO Channel 4.  
Select NCO Channel 5.  
Select NCO Channel 6.  
Select NCO Channel 7.  
Select NCO Channel 8.  
Select NCO Channel 9.  
Select NCO Channel 10.  
Select NCO Channel 11.  
Select NCO Channel 12.  
Select NCO Channel 13.  
Select NCO Channel 14.  
Select NCO Channel 15.  
Reserved.  
1
10  
11  
100  
101  
110  
111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
0x0375  
DDC3 phase control [7:4] Reserved  
0x0  
R
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 99 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
[3:0] DDC3 phase update index  
Indexes the NCO channel whose phase and offset gets updated. The 0x0  
update method is based on the DDC phase update mode, which can  
be continuous or require chip transfer.  
R/W  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
Update NCO Channel 0.  
Update NCO Channel 1.  
Update NCO Channel 2.  
Update NCO Channel 3.  
0x0376  
0x0377  
0x0378  
0x0379  
0x037A  
0x037B  
0x037D  
0x037E  
0x037F  
0x0380  
0x0381  
0x0382  
0x0387  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment 0  
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment  
[7:0]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
.
.
.
.
.
.
DDC3 Phase  
Increment 1  
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment  
[15:8]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment 2  
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment  
[23:16]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment 3  
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment  
[31:24]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment 4  
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment  
[39:32]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment 5  
[7:0] DDC3 phase increment  
[47:40]  
FTW. Twos complement phase increment value for the NCO.  
Complex mixing frequency = (DDC phase increment × fS)/248  
DDC3 Phase  
Offset 0  
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [7:0]  
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [15:8]  
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [23:16]  
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [31:24]  
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [39:32]  
[7:0] DDC3 phase offset [47:40]  
[7:2] Reserved  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
Twos complement phase offset value for the NCO.  
DDC3 Phase  
Offset 1  
DDC3 Phase  
Offset 2  
DDC3 Phase  
Offset 3  
DDC3 Phase  
Offset 4  
DDC3 Phase  
Offset 5  
DDC3 test enable  
Reserved.  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
1
0
Reserved  
R
DDC3 I output test mode  
enable  
I samples always use the Test Mode A block. The test mode is  
selected using the channel dependent Register 0x0550, Bits[3:0].  
R/W  
0
1
Test mode disabled.  
Test mode enabled.  
0x0390  
0x0391  
0x0392  
0x0393  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A0  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [7:0]  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A1  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [15:8]  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A2  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [23:16]  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A3  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [31:24]  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 100 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x0394  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A4  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [39:32]  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0x0395  
0x0398  
0x0399  
0x039A  
0x039B  
0x039C  
0x039D  
0x03A0  
0x03A1  
0x03A2  
0x03A3  
0x03A4  
0x03A5  
0x03A8  
0x03A9  
0x03AA  
0x03AB  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A5  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [47:40]  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B0  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [7:0]  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B1  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [15:8]  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B2  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [23:16]  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B3  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [31:24]  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B4  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [39:32]  
DDC0 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B5  
[7:0] DDC0 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [47:40]  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A0  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [7:0]  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A1  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [15:8]  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A2  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [23:16]  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A3  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [31:24]  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A4  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [39:32]  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A5  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [47:40]  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B0  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [7:0]  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B1  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [15:8]  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B2  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [23:16]  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B3  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [31:24]  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 101 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x03AC  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B4  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [39:32]  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0x03AD  
0x03B0  
0x03B1  
0x03B2  
0x03B3  
0x03B4  
0x03B5  
0x03B8  
0x03B9  
0x03BA  
0x03BB  
0x03BC  
0x03BD  
0x03C0  
0x03C1  
0x03C2  
0x03C3  
DDC1 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B5  
[7:0] DDC1 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [47:40]  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A0  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [7:0]  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A1  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [15:8]  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A2  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [23:16]  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A3  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [31:24]  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A4  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [39:32]  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A5  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [47:40]  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B0  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [7:0]  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B1  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [15:8]  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B2  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [23:16]  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B3  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [31:24]  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B4  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [39:32]  
DDC2 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B5  
[7:0] DDC2 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [47:40]  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A0  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [7:0]  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A1  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [15:8]  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A2  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [23:16]  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A3  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [31:24]  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 102 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x03C4  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A4  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [39:32]  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0x03C5  
0x03C8  
0x03C9  
0x03CA  
0x03CB  
0x03CC  
0x03CD  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
A5  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional A [47:40]  
Numerator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator A.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
Denominator correction term for Modulus Phase Accumulator B.  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B0  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [7:0]  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B1  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [15:8]  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B2  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [23:16]  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B3  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [31:24]  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B4  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [39:32]  
DDC3 Phase  
Increment Fractional  
B5  
[7:0] DDC3 Phase Increment  
Fractional B [47:40]  
Digital Outputs and Test Modes Registers  
0x0550  
ADC test mode  
control (local)  
7
User pattern selection  
Test mode user pattern selection. This bit is only used when Register 0x0  
0x0550, Bits[3:0] = 4’b1000 (user input mode). Otherwise, it is  
ignored. User Pattern 1 is found in the User Pattern 1 MSB register  
(Register 0x0552) and the User Pattern 1 LSB (Register 0x0551)  
registers. User Pattern 2 is found in the User Pattern 2 MSB register  
(Register 0x0554) and the User Patter 2 LSB (Register 0x0553)  
register, and so on.  
R/W  
0
1
Continuous/repeat pattern. Place each user pattern (1, 2, 3, and 4)  
on the output for 1 clock cycle and then repeat. (Output User Pattern  
1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, and so on.)  
Single pattern. Place each user pattern (1, 2, 3, and 4) on the output  
for 1 clock cycle and then output all zeros. (Output User Pattern 1, 2,  
3, 4, and then output all zeros.)  
6
5
Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
Reset PN long generator  
Test mode long pseudorandom number test generator reset.  
Long PN enabled.  
R/W  
0
1
Long PN held in reset.  
4
Reset PN short generator  
Test mode short pseudorandom number test generator reset.  
Short PN enabled.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Short PN held in reset.  
[3:0] Test mode selection  
Test mode generation selection.  
Off (normal operation).  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0100  
0101  
Midscale short.  
Positive full scale.  
Negative full scale.  
Alternating checker board.  
PN sequence (long).  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 103 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0110  
0111  
1000  
PN sequence (short).  
1/0 word toggle.  
User pattern test mode (used with Register 0x0550, Bit 7 and the  
User Pattern 1, User Pattern 2, User Pattern 3, and User Pattern 4  
registers).  
1111  
Ramp output.  
0x0551  
0x0552  
0x0553  
0x0554  
0x0555  
0x0556  
0x0557  
0x0558  
0x0559  
User Pattern 1 LSB  
[7:0] User Pattern 1 [7:0]  
User Test Pattern 1 least significant byte.  
User Test Pattern 1 least significant byte.  
User Test Pattern 2 least significant byte.  
User Test Pattern 2 least significant byte.  
User Test Pattern 3 least significant bits.  
User Test Pattern 3 least significant bits.  
User Test Pattern 4 least significant bits.  
User Test Pattern 4 least significant bits.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
User Pattern 1 MSB [7:0] User Pattern 1 [15:8]  
User Pattern 2 LSB [7:0] User Pattern 2 [7:0]  
User Pattern 2 MSB [7:0] User Pattern 2 [15:8]  
User Pattern 3 LSB [7:0] User Pattern 3 [7:0]  
User Pattern 3 MSB [7:0] User Pattern 3 [15:8]  
User Pattern 4 LSB [7:0] User Pattern 4 [7:0]  
User Pattern 4 MSB [7:0] User Pattern 4 [15:8]  
Output Mode Control [7:4] Converter control Bit 1  
1
selection  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0101  
Tie low (1'b0).  
Overrange bit.  
Signal monitor bit.  
Fast detect (FD) bit.  
SYSREF.  
[3:0] Converter control Bit 0  
selection  
0x0  
R/W  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0101  
Tie low (1'b0).  
Overrange bit.  
Signal monitor bit.  
Fast detect (FD) bit.  
SYSREF.  
0x055A  
Output Mode Control [7:4] Reserved  
2
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x1  
R
[3:0] Converter control Bit 2  
R/W  
selection  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0101  
Tie low (1'b0).  
Overrange bit.  
Signal monitor bit.  
Fast detect (FD) bit.  
SYSREF.  
0x0561  
Out sample mode  
[7:3] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
2
Sample invert  
0
1
ADC sample data is not inverted.  
ADC sample data is inverted.  
[1:0] Data format select  
0x1  
R/W  
R/W  
00  
01  
Offset binary.  
Twos complement (default).  
0x0562  
Out overrange clear [7:0] Data format overrange clear  
Overrange clear bits (one bit for each virtual converter). Writing a 1 to 0x0  
the overrange clear bit clears the corresponding overrange sticky bit.  
0
1
Overrange bit enabled.  
Overrange bit cleared.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 104 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x0563  
Out overrange status [7:0] Data format overrange  
Overrange sticky bit status (one bit for each virtual converter). Writing 0x0  
a 1 to the overrange clear bit clears the corresponding overrange  
sticky bit.  
R
0
1
No overrange occurred.  
Overrange occurred.  
0x0564  
0x056E  
Out channel select  
PLL control  
[7:1] Reserved  
Converter channel swap  
control  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
0
R/W  
0
1
Normal channel ordering.  
Channel swap enabled.  
[7:4] JESD204B lane rate control  
0x3  
R/W  
0000  
0001  
0011  
0101  
Lane rate = 6.75 Gbps to 13.5 Gbps.  
Lane rate = 3.375 Gbps to 6.75 Gbps.  
Lane rate = 13.5 Gbps to 15.5 Gbps.  
Lane rate = 1.6875 Gbps to 3.375 Gbps.  
Reserved.  
[3:0] Reserved  
7 PLL lock status  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
0x056F  
PLL status  
0
1
Not locked.  
Locked.  
[6:4] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
R
3
PLL loss of lock  
Loss of lock sticky bit.  
1
Indicate a loss of lock has occurred at some time. Cleared by setting  
Register 0x0571, Bit 0.  
[2:0] Reserved  
[7:0]  
Reserved.  
0x0570  
0x0571  
fS × 4 configuration  
See the fS × 4 Mode section.  
0xFF R/W  
0xFD  
0xFF  
L = 4, M=1, F = 2, S = 4, N’ = 16, N = 16, CS = 0, CF = 0, HD = 0, fs  
× 4 mode enabled  
fS × 4 mode disabled. L, M, and F set by Register 0x058B,  
Bits[4:0], Register 0x58E, Bits[7:0], and Register 0x058C, Bits[7:0],  
respectively.  
JESD204B Link  
Control 1  
7
Standby mode  
0x0  
R/W  
0
1
Standby mode forces zeros for all converter samples.  
Standby mode forces code group synchronization (K28.5 characters).  
6
5
Tail bit(t) PN  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Disable.  
Enable.  
Long transport layer test  
0
1
JESD204B test samples disabled.  
JESD204B test samples enabled, long transport layer test sample  
sequence (as specified in JESD204B Section 5.1.6.3) sent on all link  
lanes.  
4
Lane synchronization  
0x1  
0x1  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Disable FACI uses /K28.7/.  
Enable FACI uses /K28.3/ and /K28.7/.  
[3:2] ILAS sequence mode  
00  
01  
Initial lane alignment sequence disabled (JESD204B  
Section 5.3.3.5).  
Initial lane alignment sequence enabled (JESD204B Section 5.3.3.5).  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 105 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
11  
Initial lane alignment sequence always on test mode. JESD204B  
data link layer test mode where repeated lane alignment sequence  
(as specified in JESD204B Section 5.3.3.8.2) sent on all lanes.  
1
0
FACI  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Frame alignment character insertion enabled (JESD204B Section  
5.3.3.4).  
Frame alignment character insertion disabled. For debug only  
(JESD204B Section 5.3.3.4).  
Link control  
0
1
JESD204B serial transmit link enabled. Transmission of the /K28.5/  
characters for code group synchronization is controlled by the  
SYNC~ signal.  
JESD204B serial transmit link powered down (held in reset and clock  
gated).  
0x0572  
JESD204B Link  
Control 2  
[7:6] SYNCINB± pin control  
0x0  
R/W  
00  
10  
11  
Normal mode.  
Ignore SYNCINB± (force CGS).  
Ignore SYNCINB± (force ILAS/user data).  
5
4
SYNCINB± pin invert  
SYNCINB± pin type  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
SYNCINB± pin not inverted.  
SYNCINB± pin inverted.  
0
1
LVDS differential pair SYNC~ input.  
CMOS single-ended SYNC~ input. SYNCINB+ used.  
Reserved.  
3
2
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
8-bit/10-bit bypass  
R/W  
0
1
8-bit/10-bit enabled.  
8-bit/10-bit bypassed (most significant 2 bits are 0).  
1
8-bit/10-bit bit invert  
0x0  
R/W  
0
1
Normal.  
Invert a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, I, and j symbols.  
Reserved.  
0
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0x0573  
JESD204B Link  
Control 3  
[7:6] Checksum mode  
00  
01  
Checksum is the sum of all 8-bit registers in the link configuration  
table.  
Checksum is the sum of all individual link configuration fields (LSB  
aligned).  
10  
11  
Checksum is disabled (set to zero). For test purposes only.  
Unused.  
[5:4] Test injection point  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
N' sample input.  
1
10-bit data at 8-bit/10-bit output (for PHY testing).  
8-bit data at scrambler input.  
10  
[3:0] JESD204B test mode  
patterns  
0
1
Normal operation (test mode disabled).  
Alternating checkerboard.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 106 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
10  
1/0 word toggle.  
11  
31-bit pseudorandom number (PN) sequence: x31 + x28 + 1.  
23-bit PN sequence: x23 + x18 + 1.  
15-bit PN sequence: x15 + x14 + 1.  
9-bit PN sequence: x9 + x5 + 1.  
7-bit PN sequence: x7 + x6 + 1.  
Ramp output.  
100  
101  
110  
111  
1000  
1110  
1111  
Continuous/repeat user test.  
Single user test.  
0x0574  
JESD204B Link  
Control 4  
[7:4] ILAS delay  
0x0  
R/W  
0
Transmit ILAS on first LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on second LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on third LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on fourth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on fifth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on sixth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on seventh LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on eighth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on ninth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on tenth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on eleventh LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on twelfth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on thirteenth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on fourteenth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on fifteenth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Transmit ILAS on sixteenth LMFC after SYNCINB± deasserted.  
Reserved.  
1
10  
11  
100  
101  
110  
111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
3
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[2:0] Link layer test mode  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
Normal operation (link layer test mode disabled).  
Continuous sequence of /D21.5/ characters.  
Reserved.  
Reserved.  
Modified RPAT test sequence.  
JSPAT test sequence.  
JTSPAT test sequence.  
Reserved.  
0x0578  
JESD204B LMFC  
offset  
[7:5] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[4:0] LMFC phase offset value  
[7:0] JESD204B Tx DID value  
[7:4] Reserved  
Local multiframe clock (LMFC) phase offset value (in frame clocks).  
Refer to the Deterministic Latency section.  
R/W  
R/W  
R
0x0580  
0x0581  
JESD204B DID  
configuration  
JESD204B serial device identification (DID) number.  
JESD204B BID  
configuration  
Reserved.  
[3:0] JESD204B Tx BID value  
[7:5] Reserved  
JESD204B serial bank identification (BID) number (extension to DID). 0x0  
Reserved. 0x0  
R/W  
R
0x0583  
JESD204B LID0  
configuration  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 107 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
[4:0] Lane 0 LID value  
[7:5] Reserved  
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 0.  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R
0x0584  
JESD204B LID1  
configuration  
[4:0] Lane 1 LID value  
[7:5] Reserved  
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 1.  
Reserved.  
0x1  
0x0  
R/W  
R
0x0585  
0x0586  
0x0587  
0x0588  
0x0589  
0x058A  
0x058B  
JESD204B LID2  
configuration  
[4:0] Lane 2 LID value  
[7:5] Reserved  
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 2.  
Reserved.  
0x2  
0x0  
R/W  
R
JESD204B LID3  
configuration  
[4:0] Lane 3 LID value  
[7:5] Reserved  
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 3.  
Reserved.  
0x3  
0x0  
R/W  
R
JESD204B LID4  
configuration  
[4:0] Lane 4 LID value  
[7:5] Reserved  
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 4.  
Reserved.  
0x4  
0x0  
R/W  
R
JESD204B LID5  
configuration  
[4:0] Lane 5 LID value  
[7:5] Reserved  
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 5.  
Reserved.  
0x5  
0x0  
R/W  
R
JESD204B LID6  
configuration  
[4:0] Lane 6 LID value  
[7:5] Reserved  
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 6.  
Reserved.  
0x6  
0x0  
R/W  
R
JESD204B LID7  
configuration  
[4:0] Lane 7 LID value  
JESD204B serial lane identification (LID) number for Lane 7.  
0x7  
0x1  
R/W  
R/W  
JESD204B  
7
JESD204B scrambling  
(SCR)  
scrambling and  
number lanes (L)  
configuration  
0
1
JESD204B scrambler disabled (SCR = 0).  
JESD204B scrambler enabled (SCR = 1).  
Reserved.  
[6:5] Reserved  
0x0  
0x7  
R
[4:0] JESD204B lanes (L)  
R/W  
0x0  
0x1  
0x3  
0x7  
One lane per link (L = 1).  
Two lanes per link (L = 2).  
Four lanes per link (L = 4).  
Eight lanes per Link (L = 8).  
0x058C  
JESD204B link  
number of octets per  
frames (F)  
[7:0] JESD204B F configuration  
JESD204B number of octets per frame (F = JESD204B  
F configuration + 1)  
0x0  
R/W  
0
F = 1.  
1
F = 2.  
10  
11  
F = 3.  
F = 4.  
101  
111  
1111  
F = 6.  
F = 8.  
F = 16.  
Reserved.  
0x058D  
JESD204B link  
[7:5] Reserved  
0x0  
R
number of frames  
per multiframe (K)  
[4:0] JESD204B K configuration  
JESD204B number of frames per multiframe (K = JESD204B K  
configuration + 1). Only values where F × K is divisible by 4 can be  
used.  
0x1F  
R/W  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 108 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x058E  
JESD204B link  
number of  
[7:0] JESD204B M configuration  
JESD204B number of converters per link/device (M = JESD204B M  
configuration).  
0x1  
R/W  
converters (M)  
0
Link connected to one virtual converter (M = 1).  
Link connected to two virtual converters (M = 2).  
Link connected to four virtual converters (M = 4).  
Link connected to eight virtual converters (M = 8).  
1
11  
111  
0x058F  
JESD204B number  
of control bits (CS)  
and ADC resolution  
(N)  
[7:6] Number of control bits (CS)  
per sample  
0x0  
R/W  
0
No control bits (CS = 0).  
1
1 control bit (CS = 1), Control Bit 2 only.  
2 control bits (CS = 2), Control Bit 2 and Control Bit 1 only.  
10  
11  
3 control bits (CS = 3), all control bits (Control Bit 2, Control Bit 1, and  
Control Bit 0).  
5
Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0xF  
R
[4:0] ADC converter resolution  
(N)  
R/W  
00110  
00111  
01000  
01001  
01010  
01011  
01100  
01101  
01110  
01111  
N = 7-bit resolution.  
N = 8-bit resolution.  
N = 9-bit resolution.  
N = 10-bit resolution.  
N = 11-bit resolution.  
N = 12-bit resolution.  
N = 13-bit resolution.  
N = 14-bit resolution.  
N = 15-bit resolution.  
N = 16-bit resolution.  
0x0590  
JESD204B SCV NP [7:5] Subclass support  
configuration  
0x1  
0xF  
R/W  
R/W  
000  
001  
Subclass 0.  
Subclass 1.  
[4:0] ADC number of bits per  
sample (N')  
0 0111  
0 1011  
0 1111  
N' = 8.  
N' = 12.  
N' = 16.  
Reserved.  
0x0591  
0x0592  
JESD204B JV S  
configuration  
[7:5] Reserved  
0x1  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
R
[4:0] Samples per converter  
frame cycle (S)  
Samples per converter frame cycle (S = Register 0x0591, Bits[4:0] +  
1).  
JESD204B HD CF  
configuration  
7
HD value  
0
1
High density format disabled.  
High density format enabled.  
Reserved.  
[6:5] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
[4:0] Control words per frame  
clock cycle per link (CF)  
Number of control words per frame clock cycle per link  
(CF = Register 0x0592, Bits[4:0]).  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 109 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
0x05A0  
JESD204B  
Checksum 0  
configuration  
[7:0] Checksum 0 checksum  
value for SERDOUT0±  
Serial checksum value for Lane 0. Automatically calculated for each  
lane. Sum (all link configuration parameters for Lane 0) mod 256.  
0xC3  
0xC4  
0xC5  
0xC6  
0x0  
R
0x05A1  
0x05A2  
0x05A3  
0x05B0  
JESD204B  
Checksum 1  
configuration  
[7:0] Checksum 1 checksum  
value for SERDOUT1±  
Serial checksum value for Lane 1. Automatically calculated for each  
lane. Sum (all link configuration parameters for Lane 1) mod 256.  
R
JESD204B  
Checksum 2  
configuration  
[7:0] Checksum 2 checksum  
value for SERDOUT2±  
Serial checksum value for Lane 2. Automatically calculated for each  
lane. Sum (all link configuration parameters for each lane) mod 256.  
R
JESD204B  
Checksum 3  
configuration  
[7:0] Checksum 3 checksum  
value for SERDOUT3±  
Serial checksum value for Lane 3. Automatically calculated for each  
lane. Sum (all link configuration parameters for Lane 3) mod 256.  
R
JESD204B lane  
power-down  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
JESD204B Lane 7 power-  
down  
Physical Lane 7 force power-down.  
R/W  
0
1
SERDOUT7± normal operation.  
SERDOUT7± power-down.  
JESD204B Lane 6 power-  
down  
Physical Lane 6 force power-down.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
SERDOUT6± normal operation.  
SERDOUT6± power-down.  
JESD204B Lane 5 power-  
down  
Physical Lane 5 force power-down.  
0
1
SERDOUT5± normal operation.  
SERDOUT5± power-down.  
JESD204B Lane 4 power-  
down  
Physical Lane 4 force power-down.  
0
1
SERDOUT4± normal operation.  
SERDOUT4± power-down.  
JESD204B Lane 3 power-  
down  
Physical Lane 3 force power-down.  
0
1
SERDOUT3± normal operation.  
SERDOUT3± power-down.  
JESD204B Lane 2 power-  
down  
Physical Lane 2 force power-down.  
0
1
SERDOUT2± normal operation.  
SERDOUT2± power-down.  
JESD204B Lane 1 power-  
down  
Physical Lane 1 force power-down.  
0
1
SERDOUT1± normal operation.  
SERDOUT1± power-down.  
JESD204B Lane 0 power-  
down  
Physical Lane 0 force power-down.  
0
1
SERDOUT0± normal operation.  
SERDOUT0± power-down.  
Reserved.  
0x05B2  
JESD204B Lane  
Assign 1  
Reserved  
0x0  
0x1  
R
[6:4] SERDOUT1± lane  
assignment  
Physical Lane 1 assignment.  
R/W  
0
1
Logical Lane 0.  
Logical Lane 1 (default).  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 110 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
10  
Logical Lane 2.  
Logical Lane 3.  
Logical Lane 4.  
Logical Lane 5.  
Logical Lane 6.  
Logical Lane 7.  
Reserved.  
11  
100  
101  
110  
111  
3
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[2:0] SERDOUT0± lane  
assignment  
Physical Lane 0 assignment.  
R/W  
0
Logical Lane 0 (default).  
Logical Lane 1.  
Logical Lane 2.  
Logical Lane 3.  
Logical Lane 4.  
Logical Lane 5.  
Logical Lane 6.  
Logical Lane 7.  
Reserved.  
1
10  
11  
100  
101  
110  
111  
0x05B3  
JESD204B Lane  
Assign 2  
7
Reserved  
0x0  
0x3  
R
[6:4] SERDOUT3± lane  
assignment  
Physical Lane 3 assignment.  
R/W  
0
Logical Lane 0.  
1
Logical Lane 1.  
10  
11  
Logical Lane 2.  
Logical Lane 3 (default).  
Logical Lane 4.  
100  
101  
110  
111  
Logical Lane 5.  
Logical Lane 6.  
Logical Lane 7.  
3
Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x2  
R
[2:0] SERDOUT2± lane  
assignment  
Physical Lane 2 assignment.  
R/W  
0
Logical Lane 0.  
Logical Lane 1  
Logical Lane 2 (default).  
Logical Lane 3.  
Logical Lane 4.  
Logical Lane 5.  
Logical Lane 6.  
Logical Lane 7.  
Reserved.  
1
10  
11  
100  
101  
110  
111  
0x05B5  
JESD204B Lane  
Assign 3  
7
Reserved  
0x0  
0x5  
R
[6:4] SERDOUT5± lane  
assignment  
Physical Lane 5 assignment.  
R/W  
0
Logical Lane 0.  
Logical Lane 1.  
Logical Lane 2.  
Logical Lane 3.  
1
10  
11  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 111 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
100  
101  
110  
111  
Logical Lane 4.  
Logical Lane 5 (default).  
Logical Lane 6.  
Logical Lane 7.  
3
Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x4  
R
[2:0] SERDOUT4± lane  
assignment  
Physical Lane 4 assignment.  
R/W  
0
Logical Lane 0.  
Logical Lane 1.  
Logical Lane 2.  
Logical Lane 3.  
Logical Lane 4 (default).  
Logical Lane 5.  
Logical Lane 6.  
Logical Lane 7.  
Reserved.  
1
10  
11  
100  
101  
110  
111  
0x05B6  
JESD204B Lane  
Assign 4  
7
Reserved  
0x0  
0x7  
R
[6:4] SERDOUT7± lane  
assignment  
Physical Lane 7 assignment.  
R/W  
0
Logical Lane 0.  
1
Logical Lane 1.  
10  
11  
Logical Lane 2.  
Logical Lane 3.  
100  
101  
110  
111  
Logical Lane 4.  
Logical Lane 5.  
Logical Lane 6.  
Logical Lane 7 (default).  
Reserved.  
3
Reserved  
0x0  
0x6  
R
[2:0] SERDOUT6± lane  
assignment  
Physical Lane 6 assignment.  
R/W  
0
Logical Lane 0.  
1
Logical Lane 1.  
10  
11  
Logical Lane 2.  
Logical Lane 3.  
100  
101  
110  
111  
Logical Lane 4.  
Logical Lane 5.  
Logical Lane 6 (default).  
Logical Lane 7.  
0x05BF  
SERDOUTx± data  
invert  
7
Invert SERDOUT7± data  
Invert SERDOUT7± data.  
0x0  
R/W  
0
1
Normal.  
Invert.  
6
5
Invert SERDOUT6± data  
Invert SERDOUT5± data  
Invert SERDOUT6± data.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Normal.  
Invert.  
Invert SERDOUT5± data.  
0
1
Normal.  
Invert.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 112 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Invert SERDOUT4± data  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
4
3
2
1
0
7
Invert SERDOUT4± data.  
Normal.  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Invert.  
Invert SERDOUT3± data  
Invert SERDOUT2± data  
Invert SERDOUT1± data  
Invert SERDOUT0± data  
Reserved  
Invert SERDOUT3± data.  
Normal.  
0
1
Invert.  
Invert SERDOUT2± data.  
Normal.  
0
1
Invert.  
Invert SERDOUT1± data.  
Normal.  
0
1
Invert.  
Invert SERDOUT0± data.  
Normal.  
0
1
Invert.  
0x05C0  
0x05C1  
0x05C2  
JESD204B Swing  
Adjust 1  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x1  
R
[6:4] SERDOUT1± voltage swing  
adjust  
Output swing level for SERDOUT1±.  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
1.0 × DRVDD1.  
0.850 × DRVDD1.  
0.750 × DRVDD1.  
Reserved.  
3
Reserved  
0x0  
0x1  
R
[2:0] SERDOUT0± voltage swing  
adjust  
Output swing level for SERDOUT0±.  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
1.0 × DRVDD1.  
0.850 × DRVDD1.  
0.750 × DRVDD1.  
Reserved.  
JESD204B Swing  
Adjust 2  
7
Reserved  
0x0  
0x1  
R
[6:4] SERDOUT3± voltage swing  
adjust  
Output swing level for SERDOUT3±.  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
1.0 × DRVDD1.  
0.850 × DRVDD1.  
0.750 × DRVDD1.  
Reserved.  
3
Reserved  
0x0  
0x1  
R
[2:0] SERDOUT2± voltage swing  
adjust  
Output swing level for SERDOUT2±.  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
1.0 × DRVDD1.  
0.850 × DRVDD1.  
0.750 × DRVDD1.  
Reserved.  
JESD204B Swing  
Adjust 3  
7
Reserved  
0x0  
0x1  
R
[6:4] SERDOUT5± voltage swing  
adjust  
Output swing level for SERDOUT5±.  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
1.0 × DRVDD1.  
0.850 × DRVDD1.  
0.750 × DRVDD1.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 113 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Reserved  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
3
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x1  
R
[2:0] SERDOUT4± voltage swing  
adjust  
Output swing level for SERDOUT4±.  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
1.0 × DRVDD1.  
0.850 × DRVDD1.  
0.750 × DRVDD1.  
Reserved.  
0x05C3  
JESD204B Swing  
Adjust 4  
7
Reserved  
0x0  
0x1  
R
[6:4] SERDOUT7± voltage swing  
adjust  
Output swing level for SERDOUT7±.  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
1.0 × DRVDD1.  
0.850 × DRVDD1.  
0.750 × DRVDD1.  
Reserved.  
3
Reserved  
0x0  
0x1  
R
[2:0] SERDOUT6± voltage swing  
adjust  
Output swing level for SERDOUT6±.  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
1.0 × DRVDD1.  
0.850 × DRVDD1.  
0.750 × DRVDD1.  
Post tap enable.  
0x05C4  
0x05C5  
0x05C6  
SERDOUT0 pre-  
emphasis select  
7
Post tap enable  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
Disable.  
Enable.  
[6:4] Set post tap level for  
SERDOUT0±  
Set post tap level.  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
0 dB.  
3 dB.  
6 dB.  
9 dB.  
12 dB.  
[3:0] Reserved  
Reserved.  
Post tap enable.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
SERDOUT1 pre-  
emphasis select  
7
Post tap enable  
0
1
Disable.  
Enable.  
[6:4] Set post tap level for  
SERDOUT1±  
Set post tap level.  
0x0  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
0 dB.  
3 dB.  
6 dB.  
9 dB.  
12 dB.  
[3:0] Reserved  
Reserved.  
Post tap enable.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
SERDOUT2 pre-  
emphasis select  
7
Post tap enable  
0
1
Disable.  
Enable.  
[6:4] Set post tap level for  
SERDOUT2±  
Set post tap level.  
0x0  
R/W  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 114 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
0 dB.  
3 dB.  
6 dB.  
9 dB.  
12 dB.  
[3:0] Reserved  
Reserved.  
Post tap enable.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0x05C7  
SERDOUT3 pre-  
emphasis select  
7
Post tap enable  
0
1
Disable.  
Enable.  
[6:4] Set post tap level for  
SERDOUT3±  
Set post tap level.  
0x0  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
0 dB.  
3 dB.  
6 dB.  
9 dB.  
12 dB.  
[3:0] Reserved  
Reserved.  
Post tap enable.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0x05C8  
0x05C9  
0x05CA  
SERDOUT4 pre-  
emphasis select  
7
Post tap enable  
0
1
Disable.  
Enable.  
[6:4] Set post tap level for  
SERDOUT4±  
Set post tap level.  
0x0  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
0 dB.  
3 dB.  
6 dB.  
9 dB.  
12 dB.  
[3:0] Reserved  
Reserved.  
Post tap enable.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
SERDOUT5 pre-  
emphasis select  
7
Post tap enable  
0
1
Disable.  
Enable.  
[6:4] Set post tap level for  
SERDOUT5±  
Set post tap level.  
0x0  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
0 dB.  
3 dB.  
6 dB.  
9 dB.  
12 dB.  
[3:0] Reserved  
Reserved.  
Post tap enable.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
SERDOUT6 pre-  
emphasis select  
7
Post tap enable  
0
1
Disable.  
Enable.  
[6:4] Set post tap level for  
SERDOUT6±  
Set post tap level.  
0x0  
R/W  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 115 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
0 dB.  
3 dB.  
6 dB.  
9 dB.  
12 dB.  
[3:0] Reserved  
Reserved.  
Post tap enable.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0x05CB  
SERDOUT7 pre-  
emphasis select  
7
Post tap enable  
0
1
Disable.  
Enable.  
[6:4] Set post tap level for  
SERDOUT7±  
Set post tap level.  
0x0  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
0 dB.  
3 dB.  
6 dB.  
9 dB.  
12 dB.  
[3:0] Reserved  
[7:0]  
Reserved.  
See Table 30.  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0x1222  
0x1228  
0x1262  
JESD204B PLL  
calibration  
0x00  
0x00  
0x04  
JESD204B PLL normal operation.  
Reset JESD204B PLL calibration  
See Table 30.  
JESD204B PLL  
start-up control  
[7:0]  
0x0F  
0x00  
R/W  
R/W  
0x0F  
0x4F  
JESD204B start-up circuit in normal operation.  
Reset JESD204B start-up circuit.  
See Table 30.  
JESD204B PLL LOL [7:0]  
bit control  
0x00  
0x80  
Loss of lock bit normal operation.  
Clear loss of lock bit.  
Programmable Filter Control and Coefficients Registers  
0x0DF8  
PFILT control  
[7:3] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[2:0] PFILT mode  
Programmable filter (PFILT) mode.  
Disabled (filters bypassed).  
Single filter (X only).  
DOUT[n] = DIN[n] × X[n].  
Single filter (X and Y together).  
DOUT[n] = DIN[n] * XY_I[n].  
Cascaded filters (X to Y).  
DOUT[n] = DIN[n] × X[n] × Y[n].  
Real 96-tap filter.  
R/W  
000  
001  
010  
100  
111  
DOUT[n] = DIN_I[n] × XY[n].  
Reserved.  
0x0DF9  
PFILT gain  
7
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[6:4] PFILT Y gain  
PFILT Y gain.  
R/W  
110  
111  
000  
001  
−12 dB loss.  
−6 dB loss.  
0 dB gain.  
+6 dB gain.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 116 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
010  
+12 dB gain.  
Reserved.  
3
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
[2:0] PFILT X gain  
PFILT X gain.  
−12 dB loss.  
−6 dB loss.  
0 dB gain.  
R/W  
110  
111  
000  
001  
010  
+6 dB gain.  
+12 dB gain.  
0x0E0 to PFILT X  
[7:0] Programmable Filter X  
Coefficient 0 to 127  
Refer to the coefficient table (Table 14) in the Programmable FIR  
Filters section for details. Coefficients are only applied after the chip  
transfer bit (Register 0x000F, Bit 0) is set.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
0x0E7F  
Coefficient x  
0x0F00  
to  
PFILT Y  
Coefficient x  
[7:0] Programmable Filter Y  
Coefficient 0 to 127  
Refer to the coefficient table (Table 14) in the Programmable FIR  
Filters section for details. Coefficients are only applied after the chip  
transfer bit (Register 0x000F, Bit 0) is set.  
0x0F7F  
VREF/Analog Input Control Registers  
0x0701  
DC offset calibration [7:0] DC offset calibration control  
0x06  
R/W  
control (local)  
0x06  
0x86  
Disable.  
Enable.  
0x18A6  
VREF control  
[7:1] Reserved  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
0
VREF control  
R/W  
0
1
Internal reference.  
External reference.  
Reserved.  
0x18E3  
0x18E6  
External VCM buffer  
control  
7
6
Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
External VCM buffer  
R/W  
0
1
Disable.  
Enable.  
[5:0] External VCM buffer [5:0]  
See the Input Common Mode section.  
See the Temperature Diode section.  
0x0  
0x0  
R/W  
R/W  
Temperature diode  
export  
[7:0] Temperature diode location  
select  
0x00  
0x01  
0x02  
0x03  
0x40  
0x41  
0x42  
0x43  
Central diode. VREF pin = high-Z.  
Central diode. VREF pin = 1× diode voltage output.  
Central diode. VREF pin = 20× diode voltage output.  
Central diode. VREF pin = GND.  
ADC Core diode. VREF pin = high-Z.  
ADC Core diode. VREF pin = 1× diode voltage output.  
ADC Core diode. VREF pin = 20× diode voltage output.  
ADC Core diode. VREF pin = GND.  
0x1908  
0x1910  
Analog input control [7:3] Reserved  
(local)  
Reserved.  
0x0  
0x0  
R
2
Enable dc coupling  
R/W  
0
1
Analog input is optimized for ac coupling.  
Analog input is optimized for dc coupling.  
Reserved.  
[1:0] Reserved  
[7:4] Reserved  
0x0  
0x0  
R
R
Input full-scale  
control (local)  
Reserved.  
[3:0] Input full-scale voltage  
Full-scale voltage setting.  
0xD  
R/W  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 117 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
MEMORY MAP  
Table 44. Memory Map Register Details  
Addr.  
Name  
Bits Bit Name  
Settings  
Description  
Reset Access  
1000  
1001  
1101  
1110  
1111  
0000  
1.02 V p-p differential.  
1.13 V p-p differential.  
1.54 V p-p differential.  
1.64 V p-p differential.  
1.75 V p-p differential.  
1.85 V p-p differential.  
Reserved.  
0x1A4C  
Buffer Control 1  
(local)  
[7:6] Reserved  
0x0  
R
[5:0] Buffer Control 1  
Input Buffer Main Current 1. See the Analog Input Buffer Controls  
and SFDR Optimization section.  
0x19  
R/W  
01 0100  
01 1001  
01 1110  
10 0011  
10 1000  
11 0010  
Buffer current set to 400 µA.  
Buffer current set to 500 µA.  
Buffer current set to 600 µA.  
Buffer current set to 700 µA.  
Buffer current set to 800 µA.  
Buffer current set to 1000 µA.  
Reserved.  
0x1A4D  
Buffer Control 2  
(local)  
[7:6] Reserved  
0x0  
R
[5:0] Buffer Control 2  
Input Buffer Main Current 2. See the Analog Input Buffer Controls  
and SFDR Optimization section.  
0x19  
R/W  
01 0100  
01 1001  
01 1110  
10 0011  
10 1000  
11 0010  
Buffer current set to 400 µA.  
Buffer current set to 500 µA.  
Buffer current set to 600 µA.  
Buffer current set to 700 µA.  
Buffer current set to 800 µA.  
Buffer current set to 1000 µA.  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 118 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION  
DRVDD1, in that order. Figure 127 shows the simplified schematic.  
The dc resistance (DCR) of the ferrite bead must be taken into con-  
sideration when choosing the appropriate ferrite bead. Otherwise,  
excessive loss across the ferrite bead can lead to a malfunctioning  
ADC. Adjustable LDO regulators can be employed to output a  
higher voltage to account for the drop across the ferrite bead.  
POWER SUPPLY RECOMMENDATIONS  
Table 45 shows the power supplies needed to power the AD9699.  
A power-on sequence is not required to operate the AD9699. The  
power supply domains can be powered up in any order.  
Table 45. Typical Power Supplies for the AD9699  
Domain  
Voltage (V)  
Tolerance (%)  
Alternatively, the LDO regulators can be bypassed altogether and  
the AD9699 can be driven directly from the dc-to-dc converter.  
Note that this approach has risks in that there may be more power  
supply noise injected into the power supply domains of the ADC.  
To minimize noise, follow the layout guidelines of the dc-to-dc  
converter.  
AVDD1  
0.975  
0.975  
0.975  
0.975  
1.9  
±2.5  
±2.5  
±2.5  
±2.5  
±2.5  
±2.5  
±2.5  
±2.5  
AVDD1_SR  
DVDD  
DRVDD1  
AVDD2  
DRVDD2  
SPIVDD  
AVDD3  
1.9  
1.9  
2.5  
For applications requiring an optimal high power efficiency and low  
noise performance, it is recommended that the ADP5054 quad  
switching regulator be used to convert an input voltage in the 6.0  
V to 15 V range to intermediate rails (1.3 V, 2.4 V, and 3.0 V).  
These intermediate rails are then postregulated by very low noise,  
low dropout (LDO) regulators (ADP1763, ADP7159, and ADP151).  
Figure 126 shows the recommended power supply scheme for the  
AD9699.  
Figure 127. Simplified Power Solution for the AD9699  
The user can employ several different decoupling capacitors to  
cover both high and low frequencies. These capacitors must be  
located close to the point of entry at the PCB level and close to the  
devices, with minimal trace lengths.  
LAYOUT GUIDELINES  
The ADC evaluation board can be used as a guide to follow good  
layout practices. The evaluation board layout is set up in such a  
way as to  
Minimize clock coupling to the analog inputs.  
Provide enough power and ground planes for the various supply  
domains while reducing cross coupling.  
Provide adequate thermal relief to the ADC.  
Figure 126. High Efficiency, Low Noise Power Solution for the AD9699  
Figure 128 shows the overall layout scheme used for the AD9699  
evaluation board.  
It is not necessary to split all of these power domains in all cases.  
The recommended solution shown in Figure 126 provides the low-  
est noise, highest efficiency power delivery system for the AD9699.  
If only one 0.975 V supply is available, route to AVDD1 first and  
then tap it off and isolate it with a ferrite bead or a filter choke,  
preceded by decoupling capacitors for AVDD1_SR, DVDD, and  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 119 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION  
AVDD1_SR (PIN E7) AND AGND (PIN E6 AND  
PIN E8)  
AVDD1_SR (Pin E7) and AGND (Pin E6 and Pin E8) can be used  
to provide a separate power supply node to the SYSREF± circuits  
of the AD9699. If running in Subclass 1, the AD9699 can support  
periodic one-shot or gapped signals. To minimize the coupling of  
this supply into the AVDD1 supply node, adequate supply bypass-  
ing is needed.  
Figure 128. Recommended PCB Layout for the AD9699  
analog.com  
Rev. 0 | 120 of 121  
Data Sheet  
AD9699  
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS  
Figure 129. 196-Ball Ball Grid Array, Thermally Enhanced [BGA_ED]  
12 mm × 12 mm (BP-196-4)  
Dimensions shown in millimeters  
Updated: May 01, 2021  
ORDERING GUIDE  
Model1  
Temperature Range  
Package Description  
Packing Quantity  
Package Option  
AD9699BBPZ-3000  
−40°C to +105°C  
−40°C to +105°C  
196-Ball Ball Grid Array, Thermally Enhanced [BGA_ED] Tray, 189  
196-Ball Ball Grid Array, Thermally Enhanced [BGA_ED] Reel, 1500  
BP-196-4  
BP-196-4  
AD9699BBPZRL-3000  
1
Z = RoHS Compliant Part.  
EVALUATION BOARDS  
Model1  
Description  
AD9208-3000EBZ  
Evaluation Board  
1
The AD9208-3000EBZ can be used to evaluate the AD9699.  
©2021 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. Trademarks and  
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
One Technology Way, P.O. Box 9106, Norwood, MA 02062-9106, U.S.A.  
Rev. 0 | 121 of 121  

相关型号:

AD96A000XX(LF)

Board Euro Connector, 96 Contact(s), 3 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL

AD96A010XX(LF)

Board Euro Connector, 64 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL

AD96A020XX(LF)

Board Euro Connector, 64 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL

AD96A030XX(LF)

Board Euro Connector, 64 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL

AD96A040XX(LF)

Board Euro Connector, 32 Contact(s), 1 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL

AD96A050XX(LF)

Board Euro Connector, 32 Contact(s), 1 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL

AD96A060XX(LF)

Board Euro Connector, 32 Contact(s), 1 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL

AD96A070XX(LF)

Board Euro Connector, 32 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL

AD96A080XX(LF)

Board Euro Connector, 32 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL

AD96A090XX(LF)

Board Euro Connector, 48 Contact(s), 3 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL

AD96A100XX(LF)

Board Euro Connector, 48 Contact(s), 3 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, Solder Terminal, LEAD FREE
AMPHENOL

AD96S

Fast Asymmetric Thyristors
ETC